Ready to Install Distribution Boards, DIN Rail Mounted Equipment, Enclosures and Connection Systems Contents

Ready to install Distribution boards, DIN rail mounted equipment, enclosures and connection systems Contents

Isobar 4 distribution boards Section one 7 and protective devices

Modular control products Section two 31

Unit mounted residual Section three 73 current devices

Unit mounted circuit breakers Section four 79

Connection systems Section five 113

Enclosures Section six 121

Technical data Section seven 133

Dimensions Section eight 163

Schneider Electric overview Section nine 197

Comprehensive quick Section ten 203 reference index Isobar 4 Type A distribution board features

● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 60439 ● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve single and double pole ● 125A busbar rating ● Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated ● Option of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit ● Terminal block for feeding up to 100A ● Range of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks ● Single pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density ● Full range of device accessories and auxiliaries ● Knockouts for cable gland and conduit Isobar 4 Type B distribution board with 125A incomer features

● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole ● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB ● 250A busbar rating ● Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated ● Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit ● Range of incomers ● Removable insulated pan assembly ● Fully shrouded neutral ● Split neutral bars ● Removable gland plates Isobar 4 Type B distribution board with 250A incomer features

● High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 or 4 pole ● Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB ● 250A busbar rating ● Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated ● Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit ● Range of incomers up to 250A ● Removable insulated pan assembly ● Fully shrouded neutral ● Split neutral bars ● Removable gland plates Isobar 4 distribution boards Section one and protective devices

Type A single phase Distribution boards 8 - 9 Incoming devices 10 Outgoing devices 21 - 22 Loose enclosures and accessories 11

Type B three phase Distribution boards 12 Incoming devices 14 - 15 Outgoing devices 21 - 22 Loose enclosures and accessories 16

Replacement items Pan assemblies Type A and Type B 20 Doors and covers Type A and Type B 20

7 Isobar 4 SP&N type A distribution boards*

Note: All devices are sold separately 125A Standard A boards (incomers not included) Part No.No. of outgoing Dimensions (mm) ways Height Width Depth MGAN6 6 264 260 127 MGAN9 9 264 315 127 MGAN12 12 264 370 127 MGAN15 15 264 450 127 *MGAN23 23 494 370 127 * 2 row unit.

MGAN6

125A Split load A boards (incomers not included) Part No. Unprotected Protected Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways outgoing ways Height Width Depth MGAN46SL 4 6 264 450 127 MGAN48SL 4 8 264 450 127 MGAN66SL 6 6 264 450 127

Specification: ■ Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 ■ Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link MGAN66SL ■ Busbar rating 125A ■ Voltage rating 230/240Vac ■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit ■ Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 ■ Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 ■ DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars ■ Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 11 ■ 5 single pole blanking plates ■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated ■ IP2X with covers removed

Incomers: Switch disconnector see page 10 Residual current device see page 10 Terminal block see page 10

Outgoers: MCBs see page 21 RCBOs see page 22 2 pole Vigi see page 23 Auxiliaries see page 26

Distribution board accessories see page 11

* for use only with C60H range

8 Isobar 4 SP&N type A distribution boards*

Note: All devices are sold separately 125A Dual incomer A boards (incomers not included) Part No.No. of No. of Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways outgoing ways Circuit A Circuit B Height Width Depth MGAN46DS 4 6 264 370 127 MGAN66DS 6 6 264 450 127 MGAN76DS 7 6 264 450 127 Loads should be evenly distributed across primary and secondary supplies.

MGAN66DS

125A Multi service A boards (incomers not included) Part No.No. of Useable Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways DIN rail SP way Height Width Depth MGAN416MS 4 8 264 370 127 MGAN520MS 5 10 264 450 127 MGAN716MS 7 8 264 450 127 MGAN96MS 9 3 264 370 127 MGAN912MS 9 6 264 450 127 MGAN1010MS 10 5 264 450 127 MGAN126MS 12 3 264 450 127 ▲MGAN1228MS 12 14 494 370 127 MGAN716MS ▲ 2 row unit. Specification: ■ Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 ■ Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link ■ Busbar rating 125A ■ Voltage rating 230/240Vac ■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit ■ Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 ■ Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 ■ DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars ■ Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 11 ■ 5 single pole blanking plates ■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated ■ IP2X with covers removed

Incomers: Switch disconnector see page 10 Residual current device see page 10 Terminal block see page 10 Outgoers: MCBs see page 21 RCBOs see page 22 2 pole Vigi see page 23 Auxiliaries see page 26 Control and command devices see page 31 Distribution board * for use only with C60H range accessories see page 11

9 Isobar 4 SP&N type A distribution boards - incomers

Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles MGI1252 125A 230/240V 2

■ BS EN 60947-3 ■ AC22A ■ Cable capacity 50mm2 ■ Red toggle and PCI in accordance with BS 7671 Wiring Regulations ■ Tightening torque 3.5Nm

MGI1252

Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity RMG630302 63A 230/240V 30mA RMG631002 63A 230/240V 100mA RMG633002 63A 230/240V 300mA RMG800302 80A 230/240V 30mA RMG801002 80A 230/240V 100mA RMG803002 80A 230/240V 300mA 23111 80A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed RMG1000302 100A 230/240V 30mA RMG1001002 100A 230/240V 100mA RMG1001002S 100A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed

RMG630302 RMG1003002 100A 230/240V 300mA 23116 100A 230/240V 300mA Time delayed Specification: ■ BS EN 61008. ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Cable capacity 63A, 80A = up to 35mm2 100A = up to 50mm2 ■ Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (35mm2), 3.5Nm (50mm2)

Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles MGTB1252 125A 230/240V 2

Specification: ■ Direct connection incoming lug unit, two pole suitable for use in any Isobar 4 A type board ■ Cable capacity 50mm2 ■ Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm

MGTB1252

10 Isobar 4 MGA loose enclosures and board accessories Application A range of steel enclosures using the Isobar 4 A board design suitable for mounting DIN devices including MCBs, RCBOs and control and command products. Part Useable No. of Dimensions (mm) No. DIN rail rows SP ways Height Width Depth MGN16DE 8 1 264 260 127 MGN22DE 11 1 264 315 127 MGN28DE 14 1 264 370 127 MGN34DE 17 1 264 450 127 MGN56DE *MGN56DE 28 2 494 370 127 * 2 row unit. Specification: Accessories: ■ Folded sheet steel enclosure Part No. Description ■ Ingress protection IP31 to MGBL Key lock BS EN 60529 BP Blanking plates 5 off ■ DIN rail light grey ■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated ■ Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit ■ Earth bar ■ 5 single pole blanking plates

Part No. SP circuits Description MGANWL 15 A board spare outgoing way self adhesive labels

MGANWL

Part No. Description MGTB1001 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels. Note: cable must be provided with local protection to comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm2. MGTB1001

Part No. Description MGNA4 Distributed neutral kit for 4 way SP+N MGNA6 Distributed neutral kit for 6 way SP+N MGNA7 Distributed neutral kit for 7 way SP+N MGNA9 Distributed neutral kit for 9 way SP+N MGNA12 Distributed neutral kit for 12 way SP+N MGNA15 Distributed neutral kit for 15 way SP+N MGNA24 Distributed neutral kit for 24 way SP+N NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

Part No. Description MGACE Clean earth facility for A type boards (6 hole). Or can be used to comply with BS 7671 607-02 where the protective conductor ring shall be separately connected at the distribution board. MGACE

Flush mounting kit Part No. For use with MGAN6FK MGAN6, MGN16DE MGAN9FK MGAN9 MGAN12FK MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416MS MGAN15FK MGAN15, MGAN46SL, MGAN48SL, MGAN66SL, MGAN76DS, MGAN912MS, MGAN1010MS, MGAN1228MS MGAN24FK MGAN23, MGAN1228MS

11 Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards*

Note: All devices are sold separately Standard B boards Part No.No. of TP Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways Height Width Depth MGBN4 4 484 470 158 MGBN6 6 484 470 158 MGBN8 8 538 470 158 MGBN12 12 700 470 158 MGBN16 16 808 470 158 MGBN18 18 808 470 158 MGBN24 24 970 470 158

MGBN12

Split load B boards These are achieved by selecting any 2 Isobar B boards and joining with either MGBNTJKN and feeding the top board via a outgoing 100 amp terminal block MGTB1001 for each phase or use MGBN63SPL split load kit which is supplied with a 63 amp C curve mcb

Multi service B boards Control products can be added to any B type distribution board using a modular extension box MGBNEX034N which will accept 17 single pole wide control products

Specification: ■ Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 ■ Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link ■ Busbar rating 250A ■ Voltage rating 400/415Vac MGBN12+MGBN8 ■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit ■ Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 ■ Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 100% rated ■ DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars ■ Surface mounting ■ Flush mounting available ■ 5 single pole blanking plates supplied ■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated ■ IP2X with covers removed

Incomers: see page 14

Outgoers: see page 21

MGBN8 + Multi service

* for use only with C60H range

12 Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards*

Note: All devices are sold separately Heavy duty IP55 (125A) Part No.No. of outgoing Height Width Depth ways TP MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 330 MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 330 MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 330 MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 330

Specification: ■ Designed, manufactured and tested to BS EN 60439-3 ■ Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link MGBN12HDGK ■ Busbar ratings 125A ■ Voltage rating 400/415Vac ■ Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit ■ Ingress protection IP55 to BS EN 60529 ■ Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2 ■ DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars ■ Additional earth stud provided ■ 5 single pole blanking plates ■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated ■ Door can be left or right handed ■ Key lockable enclosure as standard

Incomers: Switch disconnector see page 15 Residual current devices see page 15 Terminal blocks see page 15 (Maximum 125A DIN rail mounted)

Outgoers: MCBs see page 21 RCBOs see page 23

* for use only with C60H range

13 Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers

Switch disconnectors Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles MGI1253N 125A 415V 3 + N MGI1254 125A 415V 4

Specification: ■ BS EN 60947-3 ■ Category of duty AC22 ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Cable capacity 50mm2 ■ Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm MGI1254 ■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position using ref: MGLA

Switch disconnectors (160 - 250A) Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles MGNI1603 160A 415V 3+N MGNI2003 200A 415V 3+N MGNI2503 250A 415V 3+N MGNI1604 160A 415V 4 MGNI2004 200A 415V 4 MGNI2254 225A 415V 4 MGNI2504 MGNI2504 250A 415V 4 29243 Bare cable connector set 95mm2 160A set of 4 29260 Bare cable connector set 185mm2 250A set of 4 MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box.

Specification: ■ BS EN 60947-3 ■ Copper pad for M8 lugs, tightening torque 15Nm ■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position ■ Category of duty AC22 ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671

Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBS 63 - 160A) Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity No. of poles RMG630304 63A 415V 30mA 4 RMG631004 63A 415V 100mA 4 RMG633004 63A 415V 300mA 4 23146 63A 415V 300mA TD** 4 16261 80A 415V 30mA 4 23213 100A 415V 300mA 4 MGBNI160RCCB 23227 100A 415V 300mA TD** 4 MGNI160RCCB* 160A 415V Adjustable 4 * Item is supplied with 270mm extension box, MCCB and Vigi. ** Time delay as an element of discrimination. Specification: ■ BS EN 61008 ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position ■ Trip free mechanism ■ Cable capacity 63A/80A - 35mm2, 100A - 50mm2 ■ Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (63/80A), 3.5Nm (100A), 15Nm (160A)

14 Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers

Terminal blocks (125/250A) Part No. Rating Voltage Notes MGTB1254 125A 415V MGNTB2504 250A 415V With extension box MGNPBN250TB 250A 415V Without extension box

Specification: ■ Cable capacity: 125A - 50mm2 250A - M8 copper pad ■ Terminal tightening torque: 125A - 3.5Nm 250A - 15Nm

MGTB1254

Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs 100 - 250A) Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles MGNCB1004 100A 415V 4 MGNCB1604 160A 415V 4 MGNCB2004 200A 415V 4 MGNCB2504 250A 415V 4 MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A

■ MGNCB2004 Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box and terminal shield ■ Can be fitted with shunt trip, UVR and auxiliary switch. Refer to Compact NS Catalogue ■ Distribution boards fitted with a MCCB are suitable for installations with fault levels up to 25kA Specification: ■ BS EN 60947-2 ■ Category of duty AC22 ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Cable capacity 50mm2 - 185mm2 ■ Terminal tightening torque 100A - 10Nm, 160, 200 and 250A - 15Nm

Surge arrestor kit Part No. Description MGNPRD Supplied with extension box and protection device

Dual source incomer Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles MGNDSI ≤125A 415V 4

To be used in dual source applications, with standby being a portable/fixed generator set or second transformer. Mechanically interlocks any combination of the following incoming 4P devices:

■ MGI1254 MGNDSI ■ C120 To be ordered separately. ■ } C60

A padlocking facility enables either one or both to be locked in the OFF position or using MGLA for locking ON. Front cover is lockable using MGBL. Cable capacity 50mm2. Supplied complete with board connection.

15 Isobar 4 MGB loose enclosures

Application MGB loose enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. Alternatively they may be attached to the top or bottom of an MGB board using the top/bottom joining kit MGBNTJKN.

Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover Part No.No. of No. of Dimensions (mm) 18mm rows SP ways Height Width Depth MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN8SXS MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover Part No.No. of No. of Dimensions (mm) 18mm rows SP ways Height Width Depth MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158

Specification: ■ Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 ■ Earth bar capacity 25mm2 MGBN8SXP ■ Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit, see page 28 ■ Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated ■ For enclosure accessories see page 18

For alternative enclosures see Section six, page 121.

Extra terminal bar for earth Type Part No. ■ For inside enclosure mounting For panel mounting ■ Including support 12 holes MG12EE ■ Current rating 200A 18 holes MG18EE ■ 25mm2 holes 24 holes MG24EE 36 holes MG36EE 48 holes MG48EE 56 holes MG56EE 72 holes MG72EE

16 Isobar 4 B board extension boxes and metering

Application The range of B boards are manufactured in a 270mm modular height thereof, to allow the user greater flexibility, so enabling the inclusion of single phase distribution boards, multi service units, larger cabling arrangements etc.

Part No. Description MGBNEXN Extension box with plain front cover. Provides additional wiring space or a housing for control or metering equipment. MGBNEXN

Part No. Description MGBNEX034N Extension box with DIN rail, slotted front cover and door. Provides space for up to 17 SP DIN mounted products. Includes gland plate and joining kit.

MGBNEX034N

Part No. Description MGBNEXA15N A 15 way Isobar 4c A type distribution board designed for fixing direct on to any Isobar 4c B type board.

MGBNEXA15N Contactor incomer 100A Part No. Description MGBN100CCI Provides contactor control and isolation of Isobar 4c B type boards Kit includes ■ 100A contactor 240Vac coil (Part No. 15978, see page 46 for details) ■ Switch disconnector ■ Extension box 270mm ■ Interconnections MGBN100CCI ■ 100A terminal block

3 phase kWh metering Part No. Description MGBNKWH Extension box with multi-function meter, CT’s, wiring loom and MCB to pick up voltage. Meter provides ■ Phase voltage ■ kVArh ■ Current ■ Power factor ■ kWh, kW per phase ■ Pulsed output per kWh

Note: Voltage connection takes up 4 SP outgoing ways MGBNKWH at bottom of stack

17 Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution board accessories

Part No. Description SP circuits MGBNWL B board front cover way labels 72

MGBNWL

Part No. Description MGBL Door lock for A and B boards new style square sliding catch MGK33 2 off spare keys for MGBL Spare door catch

MGBL

Part No. Description BP 5 pole blanking plates (light grey). Note: 1 off BP supplied with each distribution board.

Part No. Description MGBNGPN Gland plate plain for B type distribution board MGBNGPEXN Gland plate for Isobar extension box Gland plate for B board with knock out

18 Isobar 4 TP&N type B distribution board accessories

Single phasing kit (125/250A) Part No. Rating Voltage Description MG125SPEV 125A 415V For 4P incomers up to 125A MG250SPEV 250A 415V For 4P incomers up to 250A Converts a TP&N B board incomer into single phase applications when used in conjunction with the above terminal blocks and switch disconnectors.

MG125SPEV MG250SPEV

Part No. Description MGBNTJKN Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted above or below each other. MGBNSJK Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted side by side. MGBN63SPL 63amp split load kit kit.

MGBNSJK

Part No. Description MGNB4 Distributed neutral kit for 4 way TP+N MGNB6 Distributed neutral kit for 6 way TP+N MGNB8 Distributed neutral kit for 8 way TP+N MGNB12 Distributed neutral kit for 12 way TP+N MGNB16 Distributed neutral kit for 16 way TP+N MGNB18 Distributed neutral kit for 18 way TP+N MGNB24 Distributed neutral kit for 24 way TP+N NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4) Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

MGNB6

Part No. Description MGNBCE7 for type B boards provides 7 clean earth or extra neutral/earth holes. MGNBCE25 25 hole

Clean earth facility

19 Isobar 4 Replacement pan assemblies, doors and covers

A board pan assembly* Part No. Description MGAN6P 6 way SP&N pan assembly MGAN9P 9 way SP&N pan assembly MGAN12P 12 way SP&N pan assembly MGAN15P 15 way SP&N pan assembly

MGAN9P

B board pan assembly Part No. Description MGBN4P 4 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN6P 6 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN8P 8 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN12P 12 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN16P 16 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN418P 18 way TP&N pan assembly MGBN24P 24 way TP&N pan assembly

MGBN8P

A board door and cover Part No. Description MGAN6C Suitable for MGAN6 MGAN9C Suitable for MGAN9 MGAN12C Suitable for MGAN12 MGAN15C Suitable for MGAN15 MGAN23C Suitable for MGAN23

MGAN6C

B board door and cover Part No. Description MGBN4C Suitable for MGBN4 MGBN6C Suitable for MGBN6 MGBN8C Suitable for MGBN8 MGBN12C Suitable for MGBN12 MGBN16C Suitable for MGBN16 MGBN18C Suitable for MGBN18 MGBN24C Suitable for MGBN24

MGBN8C * for use only with C60H range

20 C60H Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A

Installation ■ In Merlin Gerin Isobar 4 distribution boards ■ Symmetrical DIN rail ■ Direct panel mounting ■ Isobar 4 pan assemblies

Technical data ■ Current ratings: 1 - 63A at 300C to BS EN 60898 ■ Voltage ratings: 240 - 440Vac ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898: 10kA, BS EN 60947-2: 15kA See page 140 for further information on breaking capacities and dc ratings. ■ Operating cycles (O-C): on load 20,000 ■ Operating temperature: -300C to +700C ■ Positive contact indication: in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Current limitation: Class 3 ■ 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B Miniature circuit breakers Width: Pole 18mm SP ways mm 1118 2236 3354 4472

■ Dimensions: see page 172

■ Weight: Pole Grams 1 110 2 220 3 340 4 450

Accessories: see page 26 Add on earth leakage: see page 23 Technical data: see page 133

Note: 2 and 4 pole C60H MCBs are suitable for installation in Isobar 4 distribution boards and pan assemblies with NKIT. 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C Miniature circuit breakers For current ratings greater than 63A, see Section four. Note: Not suitable as outgoing way in Isobar 4c.

■ See page 135 for grouping factor

1, 2 and 3 pole Type D Miniature circuit breakers

21 C60H Isobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A

C60HB type B (3 - 5In) C60HB miniature circuit breaker Part No’s Applications Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P Protection and control of circuits against overloads (A) and short circuits. 1 C60HB 101 C60HB 201 C60HB 301 C60HB 401 2 C60HB 102 C60HB 202 C60HB 302 C60HB 402 ■ In applications with general load characteristics 4 C60HB 104 C60HB 204 C60HB 304 C60HB 404 ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B: 6 C60HB 106 C60HB 206 C60HB 306 C60HB 406 magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In 10 C60HB 110 C60HB 210 C60HB 310 C60HB 410 ■ Cable capacity: 16 C60HB 116 C60HB 216 C60HB 316 C60HB 416 2 1 - 25A = 25mm 20 C60HB 120 C60HB 220 C60HB 320 C60HB 420 2 32 - 63A = 35mm 25 C60HB 125 C60HB 225 C60HB 325 C60HB 425 ■ Tightening torque: 32 C60HB 132 C60HB 232 C60HB 332 C60HB 432 40 C60HB 140 C60HB 240 C60HB 340 C60HB 440 ≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 50 C60HB 150 C60HB 250 C60HB 350 C60HB 450 32 - 63A = 3.5Nm 63 C60HB 163 C60HB 263 C60HB 363 C60HB 463

C60HC type C (5 - 10In) C60HC miniature circuit breaker Part No’s Applications Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P Protection and control of circuits against overloads (A) 1 C60HC 101 C60HC 201 C60HC 301 24872 and short circuits. 2 C60HC 102 C60HC 202 C60HC 302 24873 ■ In applications with moderate inrush currents, 4 C60HC 104 C60HC 204 C60HC 304 24875 such as certain lighting systems 6 C60HC 106 C60HC 206 C60HC 306 24876 ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C: 10 C60HC 110 C60HC 210 C60HC 310 24877 magnetic setting between 5 and 10 In 16 C60HC 116 C60HC 216 C60HC 316 24878 ■ Cable capacity: 20 C60HC 120 C60HC 220 C60HC 320 24879 2 1 - 25A = 25mm 25 C60HC 125 C60HC 225 C60HC 325 24880 2 32 - 63A = 35mm 32 C60HC 132 C60HC 232 C60HC 332 24881 40 C60HC 140 C60HC 240 C60HC 340 24882 ■ Tightening torque: 50 C60HC 150 C60HC 250 C60HC 350 24883 ≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 63 C60HC 163 C60HC 263 C60HC 363 24884 32 - 63A = 3.5Nm

C60HD type D (10 - 14In) C60HD miniature circuit breakers Part No’s Applications Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P Protection and control of circuits against overloads (A) and short circuits. 1 C60HD 101 C60HD 201 C60HD 301 25211 2 C60HD 102 C60HD 202 C60HD 302 25212 ■ In applications with high inrush currents, such as 4 C60HD 104 C60HD 204 C60HD 304 25214 transformers, motors, certain lighting systems etc 6 C60HD 106 C60HD 206 C60HD 306 25215 ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type D: 10 C60HD 110 C60HD 210 C60HD 310 25216 magnetic setting between 10 and 14 In 16 C60HD 116 C60HD 216 C60HD 316 25217 ■ Cable capacity: 20 C60HD 120 C60HD 220 C60HD 320 25218 2 1 - 25A = 25mm 25 C60HD 125 C60HD 225 C60HD 325 25219 2 32 - 63A = 35mm 32 C60HD 132 C60HD 232 C60HD 332 25220 40 C60HD 140 C60HD 240 C60HD 340 25221 ■ Tightening torque: 50 C60HD 150 C60HD 250 C60HD 350 25222 ≤ 25A = 2.5Nm 63 C60HD 163 C60HD 263 C60HD 363 25223 32 - 63A = 3.5Nm

22 Vigi C60 Add on residual current device for use with C60 MCBs only

Applications Clipped onto the side of any C60 MCB, add on Vigis provide a high level of protection against earth fault in addition to overload and short circuit protection provided by the MCB alone. + = Effectively creating an RCBO to BS EN 61009, C60 MCBs with add on Vigis can be used with any Isobar 4 distribution board, pan assemblies as well as a wide range of DIN enclosures.

MCB 2P Vigi RCBO

Vigi modules - 2 pole for assembly with 1 or 2 pole MCBs 1 3 T Part No. Ratings Sensitivity Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP ways MGV 25 010 2 25 10 2 MGV 63 030 2 63 30 2 2 4 MGV 63 100 2 63 100 2 MGV 63 300 2 63 300 2

Vigi modules - 4 pole for assembly with 3 or 4 pole MCBs 1 3 5 7 T Part No. Ratings Sensitivity Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP ways MGV 63 030 4 63 30 3 MGV 63 300 4 63 300 3 Terminal screw shields available for Vigi RCDs. 2468 See C60 accessories on page 26.

Specification: ■ Standards Approval: BS EN 61008 (BS EN 61009 when fitted to MCB) ■ Operating voltage: 2 pole = 110/240V, 50/60Hz, 4 pole = 240/415V, 50/60Hz ■ Cable capacity: 2 pole = 25mm2, 4 pole = 35mm2 ■ Tightening torque: 2.5Nm = 25mm2, 3.5Nm = 35mm2 ■ Class AC ■ Integral self test button ■ Indication of earth fault trip Note: Must not be used as the sole means of protection against direct contact with live parts (BS 7671).

■ Dimensions: see page 172

23 C60H RCBO (18mm) Combined MCB/RCD

Applications Protection against overloads, short circuits and earth leakage faults. The C60H RCBO provides: ■ Protection against indirect contact ■ Supplementary protection against direct contact (BS 7671) ■ Protection against insulation faults ■ Finger safe terminals ■ Reverse polarity protection ■ Loss of neutral and earth protection ■ Operating voltage: 200Vac - 230Vac ■ Current ratings: 6A - 45A ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 61009 (type C) magnetic setting between 5 - 10 In ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 10,000A, BS EN 60947 15kA ■ Class 3 current limiting overcurrent protection ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position using MGLA ■ Trip free mechanism ■ Compatible with C60 auxiliaries and accessories e.g. alarm contact, shunt trip ■ Load terminals cable capacity 16mm2 ■ Dimensions: see page 172

Installation C60HC32R30 ■ Isobar 4 distribution boards, pan assemblies and standard enclosures on symmetrical DIN rail

Trip sensitivity Part No. Ratings Curve Class AC class (A) type C60HC6R30 6A 30mA C AC Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents independent of rate of rise. C60HC10R30 10A 30mA C AC C60HC16R30 16A 30mA C AC A class C60HC20R30 20A 30mA C AC Tripped by sinusoidal AC pulsed DC and those containing DC component. C60HC32R30 32A 30mA C AC C60HC45R30 45A 30mA C AC

C60HC6R100 6A 100mA C AC C60HC10R100 10A 100mA C AC C60HC16R100 16A 100mA C AC C60HC20R100 20A 100mA C AC C60HC32R100 32A 100mA C AC C60HC45R100 45A 100mA C AC

C60HC6RA10 6A 10mA C A C60HC10RA10 10A 10mA C A C60HC16RA10 16A 10mA C A C60HC20RA10 20A 10mA C A C60HC32RA10 32A 10mA C A C60HC45RA10 45A 10mA C A

C60HC6RA30 6A 30mA C A C60HC10RA30 10A 30mA C A C60HC16RA30 16A 30mA C A C60HC20RA30 20A 30mA C A C60HC32RA30 32A 30mA C A C60HC45RA30 45A 30mA C A

24 Electrical auxiliaries C60 MCBs and RCBOs

Applications For the remote control and status indication of C60 MCBs.

■ They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker within a maximum width of 54mm ■ Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker ■ Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) ■ A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker ■ A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same circuit breaker ■ A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same circuit breaker ■ A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same circuit breaker

Auxiliary combination

+ + + +

OF+SD/OF OF SD Mx + OF, MN, Circuit auxiliary auxiliary fault indication MN s MNx or breaker contact contact switch MSU auxiliary

25 Electrical auxiliaries C60 MCBs and RCBOs

MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact) Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways U> 110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 1 48 48 26947 1 12/24 12/24 26948 1 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication. Self breaks control circuit 14 12 C2 C1 allowing it to remain energised. 26946

MSU (voltage threshold release) 1P + N Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U>> 220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 2 220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479 2

26979 MN (under voltage release) Instantaneous Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways U< 220 - 240 26960 1 48 48 26961 1 115 (400Hz) 26959 1 220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 2 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed. D1 D2

26963

MNx emergency stop Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U> 230 26969 2 230 26977 2* 400 26991 2* 400 26971 2 * For use with C60 only. Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed E1 E2 N L push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of power supply failure. 26969

MX shunt release Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways 110 - 415 110 - 130 26476 1 U> 48 48 26477 1 12/24 12/24 26478 1

C2 C1 26476

26 Electrical auxiliaries C60 MCBs and RCBOs

SD fault indicating switch Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 26927 0.5

Contact rating (V) (A) 240Vac 6A Auxiliary contact 415Vac 3A changes when device 24Vdc 6A trips with front face 94 92 91 48Vdc 2A indication, red for 125Vdc 1A 26927 tripped. OF auxiliary contact Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 26924 0.5

Contact rating (V) (A) 240Vac 6A Auxiliary contact 415Vac 3A changes with main 24Vdc 6A contacts (on/off) with 14 12 11 48Vdc 2A test button on front 125Vdc 1A 26924 face. OF + SD/OF selector switch Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 26929 0.5 Auxiliary contact and selectable auxiliary or fault contact with front face indication. 24 22 21 Note: Does not fit 92 94 91 onto Isobar 4 26929 distribution board.

27 Accessories For C60

Padlocking facility Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Pack of 5 MGLA

Note: MGLA is suitable for use with C60 Description Part No. MCBs/RCBOs mounted in Isobar 4 distribution Padlock 4mm hasp for MGLA MGLAP boards. For MCBs/RCDs (pack of 2) 26970 MGLA

Screw shield Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Sealable and dividable 2 x strips of 4 26981

26981 Screw shield Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Vigi Sealable 1P shields 20 off 26982

Terminal shield Breaker Pole Part No. C60 pair 1 26975 2 26976 3 26975 + 26976 4 26978

26975/26976

Insulated sub distribution terminal For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each Breaker Quantity Part No. C60>25A Pack of 4 19091

19091

*Aluminium cable terminal For cables of 16 - 50mm2 Breaker Quantity Part No. C60>25A Pack of 1 27060

* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards 27060

28 Accessories For C60

*Rear connection terminal For cables up to 50mm2. Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Pack of 2 18528

* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards 18528

Inter-pole barrier Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Pack of 10 27001

27001

29 Accessories For C60

Spacer Breaker Width Part No. C60 9mm 27062

27062

Replacement cover for vigibloc Breaker Pole Part No. C60 2 26483 Pack of 5 3 26484 replacements 4 26485

26483

30 Modular control products Section two

Local control 32 - 44

Remote control 45 - 54

Time management 55 - 58

Lighting management 59 - 60

Metering and measurement 61 - 70

Heating management 71

31 I switch disconnectors 20 - 125A

Application ■ Short circuit withstand: 20 x In: 1s The I switches perform the operations of control and ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity disconnection. 95% at 55¡C) ■ Connection by tunnel terminals for: Technical details ■ 10mm_ flexible/rigid cables for I 20 - 40A ■ Compliance with standards: ■ 50mm_ rigid cables or comb busbars, 35mm2 ■ I 20, 32 and 40A: BS EN 60669-1, IEC 669-1 supple cables for I 63, 100 and 125A ■ I 63, 100 and 125A, IEC 947-3 ■ Tightening torque: - Degree of pollution 3 ■ 20A = 1.4Nm - Isolating voltage 500Vac ■ 32 - 40A = 2Nm - Impulse voltage 6kV ■ 63 - 125A = 3.5Nm - Degree of protection IP4X on the front panel ■ Auxiliary - Frequency 50 - 60Hz O.C auxiliary switch ■ Isolation with positive contact indication ■ Contact breaking capacity: ■ DC application: 48V (110V with 2 series ■ 3A at 400Vac connected poles) ■ 6A at 230Vac ■ Mechanical endurance: ■ Fixing by clipping onto symmetrical rail, on the left ■ I 20, 32 and 40A: 200,000 operating cycles side of the switch ■ I 63, 100A and 125A: 50,000 operating cycles ■ Connection by tunnel terminals for 2 x 2.5mm ■ Electrical endurance: AC22, p.f. = 0.6: cables ■ I = 20 and 32A:30,000 operating cycles ■ I = 40 and 63A: 20,000 operating cycles ■ I = 100A: 10,000 operating cycles ■ I = 125A: 2,500 operating cycles

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 250 1 15005 1P 32 250 1 15009 40 250 1 15024 1 63 250 1 15013 100 250 1 15090 125 250 1 15057

2 15013 I switches 20 250 1 15063 1P + indicator 32 250 1 15100 1 x1

2 x2

32 I switch disconnectors 20 - 125A

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 415 1 15006 2P 32 415 1 15010 40 415 2 15020 1 3 63 415 2 15014 100 415 2 15091 125 415 2 15058

2 4

15014 I switches 20 415 2 15064 2P + indicator 32 415 2 15101 1 3 x1

2 4 x2

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 415 2 15007 3P 32 415 2 15011 1 3 5 40 415 3 15023 63 415 3 15015 100 415 3 15092 125 415 3 15059

2 4 6

15015

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways I switches 20 415 2 15008 4P 32 415 2 15012 1 3 5 7 40 415 4 15019 63 415 4 15016 100 415 4 15093 125 415 4 15060

2 4 6 8

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No. (A) (Vac) in 18mm SP ways Accessories NO auxiliary 3 (6) 415 (230) 1 15096 Terminal shields 15094

15096

33 TR transformers 4 - 63VA

Application Safety and bell transformers allow for a very low voltage to be obtained from a 230Vac supply. Technical details ■ Primary voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Secondary voltage on load: ■ 8 - 12 - 24Vac ± 15% for bell transformers ■ 12 - 24Vac ± 5% for safety transformers ■ Frequency: 50Hz - 60Hz ■ Compliance with standards: EN 61558-1, IEC 61558-1 ■ Connection tunnel terminals for cables up to 15212 4mm2

Type Power Secondary Width Part No. (VA) voltage in 18mm (Vac) SP ways Bell transformer 48 2 15214 4 8 - 12 2 15213 8 8 - 12 2 15216 16 8 - 12 2 15212 25 12 - 24 3 15215

Safety transformer 16 12 - 24 5 15218 15 12 - 24 5 15219 20 12 - 24 5 15220 63 12 - 24 5 15222

15218

1 230V 11 1 230V 11 1 230V 11 1 230V 11

4 8V 8 4 6 8V 8 4 6 12V 8 4 10 12V 8

12V 24V 24V 15214 15212, 15213, 15215 15218, 15219 15216

1 230V 11 1 230V 11

8 8 13 12 6 8 10 12

24V 12V 15218, 15219 15220, 15222

34 RO buzzer and SO bell Audible signalling

Application Audible indication of signals. Technical details ■ Sound level (at distance of 60 cm): ■ RO buzzer: 70dB ■ SO bell: 80dB ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Consumption: ■ 3.6VA:8 - 12A ■ 5VA: 220 - 240V ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 4mm2 15320

Type Secondary Sound Width Part No. voltage level in 18mm (V) (dB) SP ways Bell 240 80 1 15320 12 80 1 15321

Buzzer 240 70 1 15322 12 70 1 15323

15322

SO bell RO buzzer

35 STI fuse carriers Withdrawable gl or gG fuse links

Application STI fuse carriers provide overload and short circuit protection. Technical details Carrier ■ Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P and 3P versions during factory assemble ■ Positive contact indication ■ To be equipped with gG (gL - gl) type fuse links, with or without fuse blowing indicator ■ Fuse carrier: ■ Captive ■ Additional housing is provided for a spare fuse 15636 ■ Optional indication: by indicator lights (see accessories) ■ Connection: by tunnel terminals for rigid cables up to 10mm2 and flexible cables up to 6mm2 ■ Complies with standard: IEC 947-3

Fuse link ■ gG (gL - gl) types. ■ Fuse link without striker pin ■ Breaking capacity: as standard IEC 269-1/2 ■ Vertitas and Lloyd’s approved

Dimensions Rating Operating Breaking (¯ x L) (A) voltage capacity (mm) (Vac) (kA) gG (gL - gl) 15775 10 x 38 32 500 80

Type Voltage Width Part No. (Vac) in 18mm ways 1P 500 1 15636 1P+N 500 1 15646 2P 500 2 15651 3P 500 3 15656 3P+N 500 3 15658

Type Rating Dimensions Part No. (A) (mm) gG (gl) fuse links 2 10.3 x 38 15775 4 10.3 x 38 15776 6 10.3 x 38 15777 10 10.3 x 38 15779

Blown fuse indicator 15668

36 PRD surge arresters Draw out

Application PRD removable surge arresters enable the rapid replacement of damaged cartridges without any cable disconnection. Technical details* Standards Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: ■ IEC 61643-11 class 2 test ■ Incomer and protection: ■ PRD 40r/PRD 40 are recommended for a high PRD 40r/PRD 40 risk level ■ Imax (8/20µs): 40kA ■ The PRD 15 is recommended for a low risk level ■ In (8/20µs): 15kA ■ Secondary protection: ■ The PRD 4 0r includes: ■ The PRD 8 ensures secondary protection of ■ Operating indicator on front panel loads to be protected and is placed in a 16562 cascading configuration with surge arresters at PRD 15 the incomer end ■ Imax (8/20µs): 40kA ■ Common technical data In (8/20µs): 15kA ■ Operation indication by means of a PRD 8 mechanical indicator: ■ Imax (8/20µs): 40kA ■ White: normal operation ■ In (8/20µs): 15kA ■ Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester to be conducted with a circuit breaker Spare cartridges ■ Recommended breaker: ■ 40, 15, 8 kA and neutral cartridges ■ Single phase + N: C60HC220 ■ The C40r and C neutral r cartridges have ■ Three phase + N: 24879 operating indicator

L Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part No. N (V) MC MD (kV) in 18mm SP ways PRD65r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16557 PRD65r 3P 440 440 2 3 16558 PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16559 PRD40r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16562 PRD40r 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16563 PRD40r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16564 PRD40 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16567 PRD 1P+N PRD40 3P 440 440 275 1.8 3 16568 PRD40 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16569

L3 PRD15 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16572 L2 PRD15 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16573 L1 N PRD15 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16574 PRD8 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16577 PRD8 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16578 PRD8 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16579

Replacement cartridges C65r - 440 16581 C65r - 275 16581 PRD 3P+N C40r - 440 16583 C40r - 275 16583 C40 - 440 16585 C40 - 275 16585 C15 - 440 16587 C15 - 275 16587 C8 - 440 16589 C8 - 275 16589 C neutral r 16590 C neutral 16591

Isobar installation kit MGNPRD

* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082

37 PF surge arresters Fixed

Application The PF all contained, multiple pole surge arrester range is especially adapted to TT and TN-s earthing systems. Technical details* PF 30r and PF 30 Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: Common mode protection ■ Incomer and protection: ■ Imax (8/20µs): 30kA ■ PF30r/PF30 are recommended for a high risk ■ In (8/20µs): 10kA level ■ Up: 1.8kV ■ The PF 15 is recommended for a low risk level ■ Test button for front panel indicator. ■ Secondary protection: ■ The PF30r has a built-in remote indication ■ The PF 8 ensures secondary protection of loads contact: to be protected and is placed in a cascading ■ Normally closed 15689 configuration with surge arresters at the incomer end PF 15 Common technical data Common mode protection ■ Operation indication by means of a ■ Imax (8/20µs): 15kA mechanical indicator: ■ In (8/20µs): 5kA ■ Not illuminated: OK ■ Up: 1.8kV ■ Flashing: surge arrester must be immediately Differential mode protection replaced ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA ■ Disconnection upon thermal overload built into the ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA surge arrester ■ Up: 1kV ■ Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester to be conducted with a circuit PF 8 breaker: Common mode protection ■ Single phase + N: C60HC220 ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA ■ Three phase + N: 24879 ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA ■ Up: 1.5kV Differential mode protection ■ Imax (8/20µs): 8kA ■ In (8/20µs): 2kA ■ Up: 1kV

Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part No. (V) MC MD (kV) in 18mm SP ways PRD65r 1P+N 230 440 2 7 15684 PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 2 7 15685 PRD30r 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15689 PRD30r 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15690 PRD30 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15687 PRD30 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15688 PRD15 1P+N 230 440 250 1.8 2 15692 PRD15 3P+N 440 440 250 1.8 4 15693 PRD8 1P+N 230 440 250 1.5 2 15695 PRD8 3P+N 440 440 250 1.5 4 15696

L1 L3

N L2

N L1

N L1 L2 L3

PF 1P+N PF 3P+N

* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082

38 CM selector switches Local control

Application CM selector switches allow the manual switching of circuits. Technical details ■ Voltage rating: 250Vac ■ Current rating: 20A ■ Electrical durability: 30,000 cycles AC22 ■ Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 ■ Operating temperature: -20¡C to +50¡C ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +80¡C ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55¡C) 18074 ■ Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: ■ Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n¡1 ■ Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

2 position selector switches

4 2 4 2 8 6 2 4 0 I 0 I 0 I

1 1 5 1 3

1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches 1NO + NC

3 position selector switches

2 4 2 4 6 8 I 0 II I 0 II

1 1 5

1 changeover switch 2 changeover switches

Type Circuit Width Part No. in 18mm ways 2 position 1 changeover 1 18070 2 changeover 2 18071 1NO+1NC 1 18072

3 position 1 changeover 1 18073 2 changeover 2 18074

39 BP pushbuttons Local control

Application The BP pushbuttons are used to give manual impulse signals. Technical details ■ Voltage rating: 250Vac ■ Current rating: 20A ■ Electrical durability: 30 000 switching operations AC22 (cos¯ = 0.8) ■ Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and IEC 60947-5-1 ■ Indicator light with LED technology: ■ Consumption: 0.3 W ■ Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous 18035 efficiency ■ Indicator light requires no maintenance (non-interchangeable LEDs) ■ Operating temperature: -20¡C to +50¡C ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +80¡C ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55¡C) ■ Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: ■ Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2 +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n¡1 ■ Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

3 1 1 3 1 3 1 3

4 2 2 4 2 4 2 4

1 NC 1 NO 1 NO+1 NC 1 NO/1 NC 1 NO/1 NC

BP with indicator light

1 x1 3 x1

2 x2 4 x2

1 NO 1 NC

Type Indicator Pushbutton Indicator Circuit Width Part No. colour colour voltage in 18mm ways Single Grey 1NC 1 18030 Red 1NC 1 18031 Grey 1NO 1 18032 Double Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18033 Grey/Red 1NO+1NC 1 18034 Grey/Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18035 Pushbutton with Green Grey 110 - 230Vac 1NO 1 18036 indicator Red Grey 110 - 230Vac 1NC 1 18037 Green Grey 12 - 48Vac/dc 1NO 1 18038 Red Grey 12 - 48Vac/dc 1NC 1 18039

40 V indicator lights Local control

Application The V indicator lights provide visual indication and signalling. Technical details ■ Complies with standard IEC 60947-5-1 (except part number 18327 complies with standard IEC 73 and IEC 1000-4) ■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Indicator light with LED technology ■ Consumption: 0.3 W (0.5 W for Part No. 18327) ■ Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous efficiency ■ Indicator light requires no maintenance 18326 (non-interchangeable LEDs) ■ Flashing frequency: 2Hz (18326) ■ Degree of protection: ■ IP4X for the part outside the enclosure ■ IP2X at the terminals ■ Divisible partition to accommodate a comb busbar ■ Operating temperature: -20¡C to +50¡C ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +100¡C ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% at 55¡C) ■ Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or without cable end: ■ Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess screw, Pozidrive n¡1 ■ Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

x1- x1 x3 x1 x1 x2 x3 230Vac

= = =

x2+ x2 x4 x2 XC (N)*

Single indicator Double indicator Flashing Three phase light light indicator light

Type Colour Voltage Width Part No. in 18mm ways Single indicator Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18320 light Green 110 - 230Vac 1 18321 White 110 - 230Vac 1 18322 Blue 110 - 230Vac 1 18323 Yellow 110 - 230Vac 1 18324 Red 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18330 Green 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18331 White 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18332 Blue 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18333 Yellow 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18334 Double indicator Green/Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18335 light Flashing indicator Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18326 light Three phase indicator Red/Red/Red 230 - 400Vac 1 18327 light

41 XB device holder Local control

Application The device holders can be mounted on 35mm rail to facilitate mounting of pushbuttons, indicators or other devices*. Technical details Button holder ■ For buttons, switches and indicators with metal or plastic flange ¯ 22 of the Telemecanique XB4 / XB5 type* ■ Depth under rail 60mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) ■ Drilling diameter: ¯ 22.3 ■ Self-extinguishing insulating material 15151 ■ Colour: light grey RAL 7035

Universal holder ■ For buttons, indicators, light emitting diodes (LED), potentiometers ■ Easy drilling, to be adapted depending on use ■ Depth under rail 60 mm (same as products in the multi 9 range) ■ Self extinguishing insulating material ■ Colour: light grey RAL 7035

Type Width Part No. in 18mm ways 22mm button holder 3 15151 Universal holder 3 15152 15152

* Further details of Telemecanique pushbuttons can be found in publication Ref: ICC 1854

42 PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700

Applications ■ Panel instrumentation ■ Submetering and cost allocation ■ Remote monitoring of an electrical installation ■ Harmonic monitoring (THD) ■ Contract optimisation and load profiling

Characteristics Large, easy-to-read display ■ Multiple values displayed at the same time on an anti-glare display featuring a green back-light Easy to operate ■ Intuitive navigation with context-sensitive menus for easy use Only 50mm deep ■ Measures 96 x 96 x 50 mm including connectors and Modbus communications Energy class 1 as defined by IEC 61036 ■ Sufficient accuracy for submetering and cost allocation Power, current demand, THD, min/max ■ Expanded metering data for the cost of analog metering

Description Part number PM700/700P/710 Power Meter with THD, min/max PM700MG Power Meter with THD, min/max, 2 pulse outputs PM700PMG Power Meter with THD, min/max, RS 485 communications PM710MG

Selection guide PM700 PM710 PM700P General Use on LV and HV systems ■■■ Current and voltage accuracy 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% Energy and power accuracy 1.0% 1.0% 1.0%

Instantaneous rms values Current, voltage, frequency ■■■ Active, reactive, Total and per phase ■■■ apparent power Power factor Total ■■■

Energy values Active, reactive, apparent energy ■■■

Demand values Current Present and max. ■■■ Active, reactive, Present and max. ■■■ apparent power Setting of calculation mode Block, sliding block, ■■■ rolling block

Data recording Min/max of instantaneous values ■■■

Display and I/O Backlit LCD Display ■■■ 1 Mounting slots Pulse output - - 2 2 RS485 communications (450C) or 2 pulse outputs (450P) 3 Heartbeat LED Communication RS 485 port - 2 wire - 4 Control power Modbus protocol - ■ - 5 Voltage inputs 6 Current inputs

43 PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700

Electrical characteristics Type of measurement True rms up to the 15th harmonic On three-phase AC system (3P 3P + N) 32 samples per cycle Measurement Current and voltage 0.5 % accuracy Power 1 % Frequency ± 0.01 Hz from 45 to 65 Hz Real Energy IEC 61036 Class 1 Reactive Energy IEC 61036 Class 2 Data update rate 1 s Input-voltage Measured voltage 10 to 480 V AC (direct L-L) characteristics 10 to 277 V AC (direct L-N) 0 to 3.2 MV AC (with external VT) Metering over-range 1.2 Un Impedance 2 MΩ (L-L) / 1 MΩ (L-N) PM700 series back view Frequency range 45 to 65 Hz Input-current CT ratings Primary Adjustable from 5A to 65534 A characteristics Secondary 5 A starting at 10 mA Measurement input range 0 to 6 A Permissible overload 15 A continuous 50 A for 10 seconds per hour 120 A for 1 second per hour Impedance < 0.1 Ω Load < 0.15 VA Control Power AC 110 to 415 ±10 % V AC, 5 VA DC 125 to 250 ±20 % V DC, 3 W Ride-through time 100 ms at 120 V AC Output Pulse output PM700P Static output (240 ±10 % V AC or 300 ± 10% V DC, 100 mA max. @ 25 ¡C, derate 0.56 mA per ¡C above 25¡C) 2.41 kV rms isolation Mechanical characteristics Weight 0.37 kg IP degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP52 front display, IP30 meter body Dimensions 96 x 96 x 88 mm (meter with display) 96 x 96 x 50 mm (behind mounting surface) Environmental conditions Operating Meter -0 ¡C to +60 ¡C temperature Display -10 ¡C to +50 ¡C Storage temp. Meter + display -40 ¡C to +85 ¡C Humidity rating 5 to 95 % RH at 50 ¡C (non-condensing) Pollution degree 2 Metering category III, for distribution systems up to 277 V L-N / 480 V AC L-L Dielectric withstand As per EN61010, UL508 Electromagnetic compatibility Electrostatic discharge Level III (IEC 61000-4-2) Immunity to radiated fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-3) Immunity to fast transients Level III (IEC 61000-4-4) Immunity to impulse waves Level III (IEC 61000-4-5) Conducted immunity Level III (IEC 61000-4-6) Immunity to magnetic fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-8) Immunity to voltage dips Level III (IEC 61000-4-11) Conducted and radiated emissions CE commercial environment/FCC part 15 class B EN55011 Harmonics emissions IEC 61000-3-2 Flicker emissions IEC 61000-3-3 Safety Europe CE, as per IEC 61010-1 U.S. and Canada UL508 Communication RS 485 port 2-wire, up to 19200 bauds, Modbus RTU Firmware characteristics Min./max. Worst min. and max. with phase indication for voltages, currents, voltage unbalance, and THD. Min. and max. values for power factor (True and Displacement), power (P, Q, S) and frequency Firmware update Update via the communication ports Display characteristics Dimensions 73 x 69mm Back-lit green LCD (6 lines total, 4 concurrent values)

44 CT contactors 16 - 100A

Application CT Contactors can be used for remote switching of heating, lighting, or power circuits. Full guidance on selection can be found on pages 160 - 161. Technical details ■ Marking: contactors can be equipped with clip-on ■ Power circuit: markers, see page 39 for details ■ CT ratings: 16 - 100A (AC7a category) ■ Manually operated CT ratings: 16 - 63A (AC7a Manually operated contactors have a 3 position category) selector switch on the front face: ■ ■ Characterisation based on load types: see pages Automatic mode ■ 160 - 161 in the technical section Temporary or permanent override operation ■ ■ Voltage rating: 250Vac (1P and 2P): 400Vac (3P Off and 4P) ■ Frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz ■ Control circuit: ■ Voltage: 24Vac (± 10%), 230 - 240Vac (-15% - +6%) ■ Coil frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz ■ Operating temperature: -5¡C to +60¡C ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55¡C) ■ Complying with standards: EN 61095, IEC 1095, NF, IMQ, NEMKO, SEMKO, VDE ■ Connection via tunnel terminals: Type of Control Power cable circuit circuit 16 and 25A 40 - 63A 100A Flexible 2x2.5mm2 2x2.5mm2 2x10mm2 2x35mm2 Rigid 2x1.5mm2 6mm2 25mm2 50mm2

A1 A1

I P Auto O A2 A2 CT contactor Manually operated CT contactor Type of contacts NO NC Mixed NO+ NC 1 R1

1NO 2 1NC R2

1 3 R1 R3 1 R1

2NO 2 4 2NC R2 R4 1NO+ 2 R2 1NC

1 3 5 R1 R3 R5 1 3 R1 Contact number

3NO 2 4 6 3NC R2 R4 R6 2NO+ 2 4 R2 1NC

1 3 5 7 R1 R3 R5 R7 1 3 R1 R2 4321

4NO 2 4 6 8 4NC R2 R4 R6 R8 2NO+ 2 4 R2 R4 2NC

45 CT contactors 16 - 100A

Type Rating Contacts Control Width in Part No. (A) voltage (Vac) 18mm ways 1P 16 1NC 24 1 16111 16 1NO 230 - 240 1 16113 25 1NO 230 - 240 1 15958 2P 16 2NC 24 1 16115 16 1NO+1NC 230 - 240 1 15856 16 1NO+1NC 24 1 16126 16 2NO 230 - 240 1 15957 25 2NO 230 - 240 1 15959 25 2NO 24 1 16020 25 2NC 230 - 240 1 15960 40 2NO 230 - 240 2 15966 15959 63 2NO 230 - 240 2 15971 63 2NO 24 2 16024 100 2NO 230 - 240 3 15977 3P 16 3NC 24 2 16118 16 3NO 230 - 240 2 16120 25 3NO 230 - 240 2 15961 40 3NO 230 - 240 3 15967 63 2NO+1NC 230 - 240 3 15319 63 3NO 230 - 240 3 15972 4P 16 4NC 24 2 16122 16 4NO 230 - 240 2 16124 16 2NO+2NC 24 2 16129 16 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 2 16130 25 4NO 230 - 240 2 15962 25 4NO 24 2 16022 25 4NC 230 - 240 2 15963 25 4NC 24 2 16023 25 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 2 15964 40 4NO 230 - 240 3 15968 15967 40 4NC 230 - 240 3 15969 63 4NO 230 - 240 3 15973 63 4NO 24 3 16025 63 4NC 230 - 240 3 15974 63 4NC 24 3 16026 63 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 3 15975 100 4NO 230 - 240 6 15978

Manually Operated 2P 16 2NO 230 - 240 1 16116 16 1N0+1NC 230 - 240 1 16127 25 2NO 230 - 240 1 15981 40 2NO 230 - 240 2 15984 63 2NO 230 - 240 2 15987 3P 25 3NO 230 - 240 2 15982 4P 25 4NO 230 - 240 2 15983 40 4NO 230 - 240 3 15986 63 4NO 230 - 240 3 15988

Accessories 15981 Terminal shield 2P 16/40/63 2 15922 Terminal shield 3/4P 16/25 2 15921 Terminal shield 3/4P 40/63 3 15923 Spacer for use every 2 contactors 0.5 27062

27062

46 ACT contactor auxiliaries Remote control

Application The ACT range of auxiliaries connect to CT contactors to provide indication (ACTo+f), disturbance suppression (ACTp), impulsed or latched control and time delays (ACTt). Technical details ACTo+Ä ■ Contact: 1NO + 1NC: ■ 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos ¯ = 1 ■ 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos ¯ = 1

ACTc ■ Min. impulse duration: 250ms ACTt ■ Mains failure: ■ < 1s: keeps its initial status ■ > 5s: reset ■ Restarted via manual operation on X or T

ACTt ■ 4 types of time delay. See page 162 for details

ACTo+f ACTp ACTc ACTt Combined with CT Right hand side ■ Left hand side ■■■■■■ Via clips (1) ■■■■■■

Power Supply Voltage 230V 24V 230V 24 - 48V 24 - 240V Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 0 - 50/60Hz 50Hz

Consumption ACTp Off load 3VA 3VA 3VA 3VA 5VA Inrush (2) 2A 2A 3A Holding (2) 0.5A 0.5A 0.2A

Connection Tunnel terminals ■■■■■■ Flexible cable (mm2) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 Rigid cable (mm2) 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 (1): Electrical and mechanical link (2): Maximum consumption of all controlled contactors

L L L L

S SB S 1 1 1 23 P L 1 A1 1 A T 1 ACTp CT CT ACTo+f ACTc CT ACTt CT

A X 2

2 2 2 24 N 2 A 2 2

N N N N

ACTp ACTo+f ACTc ACTt

Type Control Width Part No. voltage in 18mm ways ACTo+f 0.5 15914 ACTc 230 - 240Vac 1 18308 ACTc 24 - 48Vac/dc 1 18309 ACTp 230 - 240Vac 1 15920 ACTp 24Vac 1 15919 ACTt 24 - 240Vac 1 15917

47 RLI, RBN interface relays Remote control

Application The RLI, RBN and RTBT interface with automated systems to enable switching of power circuits from low voltage supplies. The ERL is an extension for the RLI relay. Common technical data ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Electrical durability: 100,000 switching operations ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 0.5 - 6mm2 cables

Specific technical data RLI and ERL 15393 ■ Direct control on the front face: ■ Power by pushbutton ■ Coil: by selector switch (disconnection) ■ Position indicator: built into the pushbutton ■ Identification: clip-on markers on the front face,

ERL ■ It is mounted without tools or additional wiring by means of a yellow clip ■ This clip is used for mechanical assemble and electrical connection between coils

RBN and RTBT ■ Green pilot light on the control circuit ■ Enhance isolation between ELV/LV circuits: 4kV

15 15 A1 11 A1 11

2 46 2 46 A2 12 14 A2 12 14

RLI ERL RBN RTBT

Type Coil Consumption Output 10A Width in Part No. voltage inrush @ 230V 18mm (Vac) (holding) VA (cos ¯ = 1) ways RLI 230 - 240 4 (4) 10 1 15535 48 4 (4) 10 1 15536 24 4 (4) 10 1 15537 12 4 (4) 10 1 15538 ERL 230 - 240 4 (4) 10 1 15539 48 4 (4) 10 1 15540 24 4 (4) 10 1 15541 12 4 (4) 10 1 15542 RBN 230 - 240 5 (2.5) 2 1 15393 RTBT 12 - 24 0.22 2 1 15416 (ac or dc) (0.11)

48 RC control relays Energy management

Application The RCP relay monitors phase order and asymmetry on all phases of a 3 phase circuit and reports loss or reversal. The RCI relay monitors the current flowing in a circuit and reports when a preset threshold is reached. Technical details ■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Operating temperature: -5 to +55¡C ■ Consumption: 3VA ■ Indication: ■ Green LED for power ON ■ Red LED for fault ■ Output by 8 A changeover switch under 250Vac 21180 (cos ¯ = 1) ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables from 1.5 - 6mm2

RCP ■ Operating voltage: 400Vac ± 15% ■ Phase asymmetry threshold setting: 5 - 25% ■ Hysteresis: fixed, 5% of asymmetry threshold ■ Phase rotation direction monitoring ■ 3 phase presence monitoring ■ Time delay on tripping: 0.3s

RCI ■ Measurement: ■ Range: 0.15 - 10A ■ Automatic recognition of ac and dc current ■ 1 measurement ranges selected by wiring - 0.15 - 1.5A 21181 - 1 - 10A ■ Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring ■ Threshold adjustable from 5 - 50% ■ Failsafe contact ■ Time delay on threshold reached: 0.1 - 10s ■ Power supply: 230Vac ■ Optional fault memorisation with rest ■ Compatible with TI current transformers with an X/5 ratio. See page 69

L Circuit to control L1 0.15A ≤ Ir ≤ 1.5A L2 1A ≤ Ir ≤ 10A L3 F=60Hz 1357 1357

2468 2468

RCP RCI

Type Width Part No. in 18mm ways RCP 2 21180 RCI 2 21181

49 RT time relay Time management

Application The RT range of time relays provide various delays for enhanced control. RTA offers delay on energisation of the load. RTB causes an off delay after energisation via the closing of an auxiliary contact. RTC causes an off delay after energisation via the closing and opening of an auxiliary contact. RTH causes a time delay before energisation of a load. RTL enables cyclic control with on and off timing. RTMF is a multifunction time relay with the functionality of RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH. Technical data Specific technical data ■ Time delay range: 0.1s - 100h RTA ■ Control circuit: ■ The single time delay cycle starts on energisation ■ Control and supply voltage: of the supply of the RTA relay - 24Vdc ± 10% ■ The load is energised at the end of the time - 24 - 240Vac ± 10% delay T - RTMF: 12 - 240Vac/dc ± 10% ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz RTB 16066 ■ Operating temperature: -5 to +55¡C ■ The single time delay cycle starts on closing of an ■ Power circuit: auxiliary contact (pushbutton) ■ Changeover switch (without cadmium) ■ At the end of time delay T, the load is - minimum rating: 10 mA/5Vdc de-energised - maximum rating: 8 A/250Vdc and 8 A/250Vac ■ Mechanical durability: > 5x106 operations RTC ■ ■ Electrical durability: > 105 operations (utilisation The single time delay cycle only starts when an category AC1) auxiliary contact is released (pushbutton) ■ ■ Accuracy: ± 10% full scale At the end of the time delay T, the load is ■ Minimum control impulse duration: 100mS de-energised ■ Maximum resetting time by voltage break: RTH 100mS ■ The single time delay cycle starts on energisation ■ Repetition accuracy: ± 0.5% with constant of the supply of the RTH relay parameters ■ The load is de-energised at the end of time ■ Visualisation of contact status by green indicator delay T light (flashing during the time delay) ■ Unaffected by brownouts < 20mS RTL ■ Case protection: IP40 ■ The time delay cycle starts on energisation ■ Connection by tunnel terminals: ■ The load is energised for an adjustable time T, ■ 2 x 2.5mm2 single strand cable without end then de-energised for an adjustable time R. ■ 2 x 1.5mm2 multi-strand cable with end This cycle is repeated until the RTL relay supply is de-energised

RTMF ■ As applicable, the RTMF generated the time delay cycles of the RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH relays

50 RT time relay Time management

RTA RTB

16065

RTC RTH

16069

RTL RTMF

Type Width Part No. in 18mm ways RTA 1 16065 RTB 1 16066 RTC 1 16067 RTH 1 16068 RTL 1 16069 RTMF 1 16070

51 TL impulse relays and auxiliaries Remote control

Application TL and TLI impulse relays allow remote control from impulse commands (mechanically latched) or from several control points. They can be used for control of resistive circuits (incandescent lamps, lv halogen lamps, convectors) and inductive circuits (fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps). TLc, TLm and TLs have built in auxiliaries that allow centralised control, latched order control and/or remote indication. Technical data TLc impulse relay ■ Environment: Centralised control of a set of impulse relays. ■ Operating temperature: -20 to +50¡C Keeps local impulse control. ■ ■ Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95% Electrical control: ■ at +55¡C) Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for 15516 ■ Identification by clip-on markers on the front face automatic control: 200ms max) ■ ■ Switching noise level < 60dBA (at 1M) Centralised control: (recommended value for ■ Compliance with standard: EN 669-1, automatic control: 500ms max) ■ Possible combinations: EN 669-2-2 ■ ■ Approved by NF USE, CEBEC, SEMKO, DEMKO, ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz, SETI ATLc+c ■ ATLc+s (only uses its indication function) Specific to TL 16A, TLI, TLc, TLm and TLs ■ Power circuit: TLm impulse relay ■ Electrical endurance: Operates by latched order from a changeover switch (selector, time switch, thermostat) of one or - 200 000 cycles AC21 more TLm. The manual control is not operational. - 100 000 cycles AC22 ■ Electrical control: ■ Control circuit ■ Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for ■ Control voltage (Uc): automatic control: 200ms max) - tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% - 15% ■ Possible combinations: - tolerance at 60Hz: Uc ± 6% ■ - tolerance in dc: + 6% - 10% ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530) ■ ■ Inrush power: ATLc+s (only uses its indication function) - 1P and 2P: 19VA - 3P and 4P (TL + ETL): 38VA TLs impulse relay ■ Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for Remote indication of its electrical state ■ automatic control: 200mS Auxiliary switch: 6A, 24 - 250Vac, cos ¯ = 1 ■ ■ Maximum switching frequency: 5 Electrical control: ■ operations/minute Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for ■ Connection: (+/- screw, Pozidrive) tunnel automatic control: 200ms max) ■ terminals for cable 0.5 - 6mm2 Possible combinations: ■ ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz, Specific to TL 32A ATLc+s ■ Power circuit: ■ Indication: clip-on markers on the front face ■ Electrical endurance: - 50 0000 cycles AC21 - 20 0000 cycles AC22 ■ Control circuit: ■ Control voltage (Uc): - tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% -15% - tolerance at 60Hz : Uc ± 6% - tolerance in dc: Uc + 6% - 10% ■ Inrush power: - 1P: 19VA, 2P: 38VA - 3P: 57VA 4P: 76VA ■ Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value for automatic control: 200mS) ■ Maximum switching frequency: 5 operations/minute ■ Connection (+/- screw, Pozidrive): ■ Power circuit: - tunnel terminals for cables up to 10mm2 ■ Control circuit: - tunnel terminals for cables 0.5 - 6mm2

52 TL impulse relays Remote control

1 13 13

A1 A1 A1

A2 A2 A2

2 24 24

TL 1P TL 2P TL1 1P

59 15500+15530 5

6 810 6

ETL 16A ETL 32A

1 1 11 1

A1 A1 A1

A2 A2 A2

On Off 2 On Off 2 12 14 2

TLc 1P TLm 1P TLs 1P 15510+15530 Type Rating Control Width in Part No. voltage 18mm (Vac) (Vdc) ways TL 1P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15510 16A 130 48 1 15511 16A 48 24 1 15512 16A 24 12 1 15513 16A 12 6 1 15514 32A 230 - 240 110 1 15515 TL 2P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15520 16A 130 48 1 15521 16A 48 24 1 15522 16A 24 12 1 15523 16A 12 6 1 15524 ETL+1P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15530 16A 130 48 1 15531 16A 48 24 1 15532 16A 24 12 1 15533 16A 12 6 1 15534 15518 32A 230 - 240 110 1 15505 TLI 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15500 16A 48 24 1 15502 16A 24 12 1 15503 TLc 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15518 16A 48 24 1 15526 16A 24 12 1 15525 TLm 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15516 TLs 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15517 16A 48 24 1 15528 16A 24 12 1 15527

53 ATL impulse relays auxiliaries Remote control

Application The ATL auxiliaries connect onto TL impulse relays to provide time delayed control, centralised control with indication and multi level centralised control. Technical data ATLt time delay auxiliary Automatically returns the impulse relay to its initial state after a time delay that may be set from 1 second to 10 hours. ■ The time delay cycle starts when the device closes. A new impulse order opens the impulse relay and interrupts the cycle ■ Added to the left of TL, TLI, TLs, TLc

ATLc+s centralised control + indication auxiliary Allows centralised control thanks to a ‘ pilot line’, of a set of impulse relays controlling separate networks, while keeping the possibility of local individual control of each impulse relay. Also enables remote indication of the mechanical state of each relay. ■ Added to the right of TL, TLI, ETL, TLs, TLc and TLm ■ Auxiliary switch: 6A: 240V cos ¯ = 1

ATLc+c centralised control + indication auxiliary Allows centralised control of several sets of impulse relays while conserving the possibility of local individual control and multilevel centralised control. ■ Each set, made up of TLc or (TL or TLI or TLs) + ATLc+s, must contain a single ATLc +c ■ Mounting: without mechanical connection to the impulse relays and auxiliaries

14 11

On Off12 14 OffOn On Off 11

ALTt ALTc+s ALTc+c

Type Rating Control Width in Part No. voltage 18mm (Vac) (Vdc) ways ATLt 16A 24 - 240 24 - 110 1 15411 ATLc+s 16A 130 - 240 1 15409 ATLc+c 16A 130 - 240 1 15410

54 IH mechanical time switches 60 minute - 7 days

Application Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits according to the position of programming jumpers by the user. Technical details Electrical data ■ Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz (50Hz for Part No. 15338) ■ Consumption: 2.5VA (1VA for Part No. 15338) ■ Time accuracy: ■ ± 2 second per day at 20¡C ■ Contact rating:

Under 250Vac Under 250Vac (cos ¯ = 1) (cos ¯ = 0.6) 16A 4A

■ Degree of protection: ■ Front face: IP40 ■ Terminals: IP20 15335 ■ Operating temperature: -10¡C to +50¡C ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +85¡C

24h 7 days

15335 15337 15366 15336 15338 16364 15365 15367

15365 Type No. of No. of Power Interval Width in Part No. switching channels reserve between 18mm operations 2 jumpers ways IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 None 15min 1 15335 IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 100h 15min 1 15336 IH 1c 60min 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 15s 3 15338 IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 3 16364 IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 150hr 30min 3 15365 IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 2 150hr 30min 3 15337 IH 1c 7day 21on - 21off 1 150hr 4hr 3 15367 IH 1c 24hr + 7day 16on - 16off 1 + 1 150hr 45min 3 15366 + 7on - 7off + 12hr Spare riders 15341

55 IHP digital time switches 24 hours - 7 days

Application Controlling and switching of one or more separate circuits for the purpose of heating, ventilation, lighting or any other application requiring time control. Technical data Mechanical data ■ Electrical data Degree of protection: ■ Voltage: 230Vac +/- 10% ■ Front face: IP40 ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Terminals: IP20 ■ Consumption: 3 - 8.5VA ■ Operating temperature: - 10¡C to +50¡C ■ Saving of program and time by lithium battery ■ Storage temperature: -25¡C to +70¡C ■ Time accuracy: ■ ± 1 second per day at 20¡C ■ Contact rating: Under 250Vac Under 250Vac (cos ¯ = 1) (cos ¯ = 0.6) 16A 4A

15854

135 L N

16 (10)A 250V ~ 12 15 18 21 24

Prog 9 Auto 12 15 18 21 24 n 04 02 6 0310 99 9 Auto On Off 3 6 0310 99 10:54 Off 0 3 menu ok 10.30 Res 1234567 0 10.30 1234567 16 (10)A 250V ~ 16 (10)A 250V ~ C1 L1 C1 L1 N1 15722 N 246 N1 N 246 230V Load Load 230V Load 15351 15720 15722 15721 15723

Type No. of No. of Width in Part No. switching channels 18mm operations ways IHP 18mm 1c 28 1 1 15854 IHP 1c 28 1 2.5 15720 IHP+ 1c 42 1 2.5 15721 IHP 2c 42 2 2.5 15722 IHP+ 2c 42 2 2.5 15723

56 ITM multifunction time switch 60 minute - 7 days plus specified days

Application Weekly or annual programming distributed over 4 output channels from a maximum of 6 conditional inputs. Create a flexible time managed operation or control a number of applications from one device. Technical data Electrical data ■ Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Consumption: 45VA ■ Saving program and time by lithium battery: ■ Lifetime: 10 years ■ Back-up time: 5 years ■ Time accuracy: ■ ± 1 second per day at 20¡C ■ Contact rating: ■ 10A under 250Vac (cos ¯ = 1) ■ 6A under 250Aac (cos ¯ = 0.6)

Mechanical data ■ Overall dimensions: 10 modules of 9mm 15270 ■ Weight: 290g ■ Degree of Protection: ■ Front face: IP40 ■ Terminals: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -5¡C to + 50¡C ■ Storage temperature: -25¡C to +70¡C ■ Accessory: ■ Removable memory cartridge

L N (switch, pushbutton, light sensitve switch, thermostat, motion control switch, etc..)

LN 123456 6 x 230Vac inputs

230V~ 50Hz 1...6 = Entrées / Inputs 230V~

menu OK

- +

Removable memory cartridge 15280 optional C1...... C4 Canaux / Channels 10A / 230V~

4 x 230Vac 10A output channels

C1 C2 C3 C4

C1-C2 C3-C4

Load On (lamp, small motor, Off bell, luminous sign etc)

L N L N L N L N Preferably relay your ! load with a contactor.

Type No. of No. of Width in Part No. switching channels 18mm operations ways ITM 4c 6i 40 45 weekly 15 annual 12 pulse 4 5 15270

Accessories Memory cartridge 15280

57 MIN timers and PRE switch off warning Lighting management with time

Application MIN, MINe and MINs opens a contact after a predetermined time. PRE Is used with MIN on incandescent lighting circuits to reduce provide advance warning of switch off by reducing the brightness.

Technical data* ■ Consumption: < 5VA ■ Ingress Protection: IP40 ■ Connection: ■ Tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm

MIN only ■ Two operating modes triggered by switch on front face: ■ Automatic mode: - operation in timing mode - time delay adjustable from 1 - 7 minutes - setting in steps of 15 and using thumb knob - pressing a pushbutton renews the time delay ■ Manual override mode 15363 ■ Maximum power required: - incandescent or low voltage 230V halogen lighting: 2000W

PRE only ■ Only to be used with the following timers: 15363 ■ 50% reduction in brightness during warning time ■ Time adjustable from 20 - 60 seconds ■ Maximum power: 2000W for incandescent lighting only ■ Not compatible with fluorescent tubes, fluocompact lamps and very low voltage halogen lamps

Type Voltage Output Width in Part No. (A @ cos ¯ = 1) 18mm 15233 ways MIN 230 16 1 15363 PRE 230 1 15233

Accessory Terminal Shield 15359

* Timing diagrams can be found on page 152 in the technical Section.

58 IC light sensitive switches 2 - 2000 lux

Application The IC switches open or close a contact when the photo cell detects that a lighting level has been reached. The IC/P switch has the additional function of time dependency. Technical data ■ Photo-cell: “panel front face” type (IP54) supplied ■ Time delay before switch ON and switch OFF 40S ■ Luminosity monitoring: light goes on when L35 threshold is reached ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm2 M 2 35 ■ Contact ratings: ■ 10A: cos ¯ = 1 ■ 6A: cos ¯ = 0.6 N 246 ■ Consumption: 3VA 220 - 240V Utilisation ■ Operating temperature: -10 to +50¡C IC200 Specific technical data IC200 15284 ■ Brightness threshold: adjustable from L35 2 - 200 lux

IC2000/IC2000P ■ M 2 35 Brightness threshold: 35 2000 ■ 2 adjustable thresholds: 2 - 35 lux or 35 - 2000 lux N246

IC2000P 220 - 240V Utilisation ■ Autonomy: 6 years ■ Continuous liquid crystal display of: IC2000 ■ Time (hours and minutes) ■ Day of the week, week ■ Switching status L35 ■ Minimum programming interval: 1 minute ■ Memory: 42 settings 15286 ■ Program: 24 hours and 7 days dhm

2235 ■ Summer-winter time changes: a single 35 2000 prog operation without modifying the program ■ Easy program control:

■ Forced “on” or “off” overrides N246 ■ Advanced switching 220 - 240V Utilisation ■ Setting deletion to modify or remove a sequence ■ Holiday override: 1 - 45 days IC2000P ■ Operating temperature: -10 to +50¡C

Type Voltage Width in Part No. (Vac) 18mm ways IC200 220 - 240 2.5 15284* IC2000 220 - 240 3.5 15368* IC2000P 220 - 240 5 15286* 15281 Accessories Photocell (IP65) for IC2000 Flush mount 15281 Photocell (IP54) for IC2000/P Wall mount 15268

*supplied with a 15268 photocell

15268

59 C movement detection 4 - 30 meters

Application Automatic control of lighting or heating systems by the detection of movement or presence in a monitored area. Technical data* CDP/CPDt ■ ■ Power supply: 230Vac ± 10%, 50Hz Degree of protection: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -15¡C to +55¡C Specific technical data ■ Storage temperature: -25¡C to +70¡C ■ CE30 Weight: 144g ■ ■ Output contacts: Dimensions: ■ ■ 10A cos ¯ = 1 Diameter: 120mm ■ ■ 5A cos ¯ = 0.5 Height: 70mm ■ ■ Incandescent lights: relays compulsory Fixing centre distance: 81mm ■ Degree of protection: IP43 ■ Connection: 1.5mm2 spring tunnel type terminals CDP ■ Lighting power: ■ Consumption: < 1W ■ Incandescent lights: 2000W max ■ Operating temperature: - 25 to +55¡C ■ LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W CDM max ■ ■ Lighting power: Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: ■ Incandescent lights: 1000W max 1000W max (cos ¯ = 0.5) 57655 ■ Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: ■ Halogen lamps: 500W max 500W max (cos ¯ = 0.5) ■ Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory CDPt ■ Degree of protection: IP54 ■ Lighting power (max number of 1 - 10V ■ Connection: screw terminals up to 2.5mm2 ballasts): ■ Consumption: 1.1VA ■ 16 x (1 x 36W) ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +50¡C ■ 12 x (1 x 58W) ■ 12 x (2 x 36W) ■ 8 x (2 x 58W)

Type Detection Range Brightness Time Movement Presence Part No. angle (m) threshold delay (Lux) CE30 20 30 5 - 300 40 sec x 57655 16990 - 8 min CDM 0 - 180 0 - 12 3 - 80 4 sec x 16990 - 15 min CDP 180 - 360 4 - 24 20 - 1300 4 - 15 min x x 16992 CDPt 180 - 360 4 - 24 100 - 1300 4 - 15 min x x 16994

Accessories Additional Remote control for CDPt 16995

16992

16994 * Refer to Section seven page 155 for further information.

60 AMP/VLT analogue ammeters and voltmeters Metering and measurement

Application The meters facilitate the real-time monitoring of current and voltage. Technical details ■ Ferromagnetic device ■ Connection: ■ Tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 6mm2 rigid cable ■ Pseudo-linear scale over 90¡ ■ Overall dimensions: h = 79 : w = 72 : d = 66mm ■ Weight (g): 170 ■ Complied with standards: IEC 51 - IEC 414 ■ Degree of protection: ■ Terminal block IP40 AMP: 16029 ■ Terminals IP20 ■ Installation temperature: -25¡C to +55¡C ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +80¡C ■ Reference temperature: 23¡C ■ Effect of temperature on accuracy ± 0.03%/¡C ■ Overload AMP ONLY ■ Maximum for 5 seconds: 10 In ■ Permanence: 1.2 In ■ Consumption: 1.1VA ■ Accuracy class: 1.5

Type Scale Connection Width in Part No. (A or V) with CT 18mm ways

Amp with direct connection 0 - 30 Direct 4 16029

VLT: 16060 AMP with connection via CT Basic device xxx/5 4 16030 Dials 0 - 5 (See TI range on pages 77-78) 16031 0 - 50 16032 0 - 75 16033 0 - 100 16034 0 - 150 16035 0 - 200 16036 0 - 250 16037 0 - 300 16038 0 - 400 16039 0 - 500 16040 0 - 600 16041 0 - 800 16042 0 - 1000 16043 0 - 1500 16044 0 - 2000 16045

VLT Scale 0 - 300 4 16060 0 - 500 4 16061

A V

3 4 3 4

Load Load

Analogue AMP Analogue VLT

61 AMP/VLT/FRE digital meters Metering and measurement

Application The meters facilitate the real time monitoring of current, voltage and frequency. Technical details ■ Supply voltage: 230Vac ■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Display by red LED: 3 digits ■ Accuracy at full scale: 0.5% ± 1 digital ■ Consumption: 0.3VA ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cables ■ EMC electromagnetic compatibility: IEC EN 50081-1 and IEC EN 50082-2 ■ Safety: IEC EN 61010-1 15201 AMP 10A ■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating ■ Measurement input consumption: 1VA

AMP Multirange ■ Ratings: ■ In direct reading: 5A ■ By CT (not supplied) configurable on the front face of the ammeter: 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60, 100, 150, 200, 250, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000A ■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating ■ Measurement input consumption: 0.55VA

VLT ■ Direct measurement: 0 - 600Vac ■ Input impedance: 2 MΩ ■ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating

FRE ■ Minimum value measured: 20Hz ■ Maximum value measured: 100Hz ■ Full scale display: 99.9Hz

Type Scale Connection Width in Part No. with CT 18mm ways

Amp with direct connection 0 - 10A Direct 2 15202

AMP with multirating 0 - 5000A As per rating 2 15209

VLT 0 - 600V As per rating 2 15201

FRE 20 - 100Hz As per rating 2 15208

L L L L N 0-800V 20-600V N N N 230V 230V 230V

1 234 1 234 1 234

Digital AMP + TI Digital VLT Digital FRE

62 PM9 multimeter Metering and measurement

Application The PM9 digital multimeter displays the values of a three phase network. It provides information for the whole installation including voltage, current, active, reactive and apparent power, power factor, phase shifts, active and reactive energy and frequency. Technical details ■ Range of voltage transformers (VT): ■ Supply voltage: 230Vac ± 10% ■ Primary: 1 - 9999V ■ Maximum measurement voltage without ■ Fixed secondary: 230V voltage transformer: 3 x 400Vac (rms) ■ Accuracy class: ■ Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Voltage: 0.5% of full scale ■ Back-lit LCD display with: ■ Current: 0.5% of full scale ■ 3 groups each with 3 digits ■ Active energy: class 2 as per IEC EN 61036 15196 ■ The type of measurement in progress ■ Reactive energy: class 3 as per IEC-EN 61268 ■ The phase measured ■ Maximum consumption of each measurement ■ The unit: V, A, kW, kWh, VAr, Hz, pf input: 0.55VA ■ Range of current transformers (CT): ■ Operating temperature: -5¡C to +55¡C ■ Primary: 1 - 9999A ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +85¡C ■ Fixed secondary: 230A ■ Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2

Type Supply Width Part No. voltage in 18mm ways PM9 230 4 15196

Note: Do not earth the Three phase and neutral network: 3 x 230/400V Three phase network: 3 x 400V secondary of the CT’s N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 (2)

P1 S1

230V P2 S2

123456789 123456789

15 16 17 18 P1 10 11 12 13 14 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

P1 S1 P1 S1

P2 S2 P2 S2 P1 S1 P1 S1

P2 P2 S2 P2 S2 P1 S1 P1 S1

P2 S2 P2 S2

Three phase network: 3 x 230V Three phase and neutral network with or without neutral greater than 400V

L1 L2 L3 L3

N 123456789

123456789

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

P1 S1

P2 S2 P1 S1

10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 P2 S2 11 P1 S1 L1 P2 S2 L2

63 CM selector switches Metering and measurement

Application The CM selector switches provide selection of phases when used in conjunction with AMP or VLT meters. Technical details ■ Rotary handle ■ Maximum operating voltage: 440V, 50/60Hz ■ Nominal thermal current: 10A ■ Operating temperature: -20¡C to +55¡C ■ Storage temperature: -25¡C to +80¡C ■ Mechanical durability (AC21A-3 x 440V): 2000,000 operations ■ Electrical durability: 1000,000 operations 15125 ■ Connection: jumper terminals with captive screws, for cables up to 1.5mm2 ■ Complies with standards: ■ IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) ■ VDE 0660 - 107 ■ UL

Type Voltage Rating Width Part No. (Vac) (A) in 18mm ways CMA 415 10 2 15126 CMV 415 10 2 15125

N1 2 3 N1 2 3 S1

S2 S1

S2 S1 4 10 2 12 10 6 2 S2 CMA CMA 3 2 1 3

A V

64 CE/ME watt hour meters Metering and measurement

Application Class 2 watt hour meters are designed for sub metering. They meter the electrical power consumed per hour by a single or three phased electrical load. There are two distinct families: ■ Meters with electro-mechanical displays: CE range ■ Meters with digital displays: ME range Technical details CE, Cer ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +55¡C ■ Power consumption: 5VA ■ Utilisation for all types of load up to 10% of third current harmonics 17067 ■ Connection via tunnel terminals: 2.5mm2 and up to 50mm2

3P+N network SP network use of 3 TI use of 2 TI Ph-N voltage Ph-Ph voltage 230V 400V Maximum current Maximum power Maximum power (A) (kW) (kV) 50 34.5 40 100 69 80 200 138 160 400 276 320

ME ■ Accuracy class: 2 15464 ■ Frequency: 50/60Hz ■ Consumption: 2.5VA ■ Total meter: ■ On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases (three phase network) ■ Capacity - ME1, ME1z, ME1zr, ME3, ME3zr, ME4, and ME4zr: 999.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A 999.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 9999.99 MWh ■ Display: in kWh or MWh with 5 significant digits ■ Partial meter: ■ On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases (three phase network) ■ With RESET ■ Capacity: - ME1z, ME1zr, ME3zr and ME4zr: 99.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A: 99.99 MWh - ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 999.99 MWh ■ Display: in kWh or MWh with 4 significant digits ■ Flashing meter indicator (yellow) on front panel ■ Operating temperature: -25¡C to +55¡C ■ Connection using tunnel terminals: ■ Primary connection: 6mm2 ■ Secondary connection: 16mm2 ■ Conform to IEC 1036 standard (with a sealable enclosure)

65 CE/ME watt hour meters Metering and measurement

L1 L2 L3 To impulse meter

To impulse NL L1 L2 L3 To impulse meter (ME1zr) meter (ME3zr)

10/x imp. / kWh 0.1 imp. / kWh 1 imp. / kWh NL1L2 L3

MERLIN GERIN MERLIN GERIN 10(63)A Cl. 2 MERLIN GERIN 3x400V - 3x230V - 50/60Hz 100 imp. / kWh 10(63)A Cl. 2 10000/x imp./kWh 230Va 50/60Hz kWh kWh 1000 imp. / kWh kWh 17076 17072

ME3zr 17067 ME4zrt L1 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 S1(L1) S2S1 (L2) S2 S1 (L3) S2

ME1zr NNL L P1 S1

S2 P2 P1 S1

P2 S2 P1 S1

P2 S2

L1 L2 L3 NL

ME1zr ME3 ME4zrt ME3zr

NL1L2 L3 NL1L2 L3 To impulse To impulse U meter (ME4zr) meter I IN 0.1 imp. / kWh

MERLIN GERIN 10/x imp. / kWh 10(63)A Cl. 2 3x230/400Va 50/60Hz 100 imp. / kWh NL1L2 L3 kWh 1 357911131517 19 21 23 25

MERLIN GERIN 17071 10000/x imp./kWh kWh ME4zr N NL2L3L3L1 L1 L2 17072

ME4zrt S1(L1) S2S1 (L2) S2 S1 (L3) S2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1618 20 22 24 26

P1 S1

S2 P2 P1 S1 20 22 24 26 20 22 24 26 P2 S2 P1 S1 NL

NL1L2L3 P2 S2 In = 25 A In = 90 A

ME4 ME4zrt CE 1P ME4zr

S1 S2 IL1 L1 L P1 U S1 S2 IL2 L2 U P1 I S1 S2 IN IL3 L3

IN N 1 357911131517 19 21 23 25

1 357911131517 19 21 23 25

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1618 20 22 24 26

20 22 24 26 20 22 24 26 L 18 20 22 24 26 50 A In = 25 A In = 90 A 100 A 200 A 400 A CE 3P CEr 1P

66 CE/ME watt hour meters Metering and measurement

Operation CE CE CE ME1 ME3 ME4 ME4zrt CEr CEr CEr ME1z ME3zr ME4zr (1P) 3P 230V 3P 400V ME1zr Single phase ■■ Three phase ■■ ■ ■ Three phase + neutral ■■ ■■

Rated voltage 230V (1P+N) ■■ 230V (3P) ■■■ 400V (3P) ■■■ 127/230V (3P+N) ■ 230/400V (3P+N) ■■■ Frequency (50/60Hz) ■■■■■■■

Direct measurement current (A) For single phase 25 or 90 63 For three phase 63 63 Current measurement 50 - 400 50 - 400 40 - 6000 via CT (A) Total meter ■■■■■■■ Total meter capacity 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh With CT ≤150A 999.99 MWh With CT ≥ 150A 999.99 MWh Partial meter ■ ME1z/ME1zr ■ ME3zr ■ ME4zr (with RESET)

Display Electro-mechanical ■ ■ ■ (6 significant digits in kWh) Digital (5 significant ■ ■ ■ ■ digits in kWh or MWh Remote transfer ■ CEr ■ ■ CEr ■ ME1zr ■ ME3zr ■ ME4zr ■

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No. (A) rating in 18mm (Vac) ways

Single phase CE 25 or 90 230 6 15464 Cer 25 or 90 230 6 15466 ME1 63 230 2 17065 ME1z 63 230 2 17066 ME1zr 63 230 2 17067

Three phase three wire ME3 63 3x400 4 17075 ME3zr 63 3x400 4 17076 17067 Three phase four wire CE 50 - 400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15465 Cer 50 - 400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15467 ME4 63 3x230/400 4 17070 ME4zr 63 3x230/400 4 17071 ME4zrt 40 - 6000(via CT) 3x230/400 4 17072

15464

For more information refer to publication Ref’s: MGD 5171 and MGD 5195

67 CH/CI counters Metering and measurement

Application The CH counters measure the total operating time of any load. The CI counters count 230Vac pulses from devices such as utility meters or people counters. Technical details CH ■ Electromechanical display ■ Maximum display: 99999.99 hours ■ Display accuracy: 0.01% ■ Without reset ■ Storage temperature: -25¡C to +85¡C ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable ■ Consumption: 0.15VA 15440 ■ Operating temperature: -10¡C to +70¡C ■ Mounting on symmetrical rail

CI ■ Supply and metering voltage: 230Vac, 50/60 Hz ■ Consumption: 0.15VA ■ Maximum display: 9 999 999 impulses ■ Without reset ■ Metering data ■ Minimum impulse time: 50ms ■ Minimum time between 2 impulses: 50ms ■ Storage temperature: -25¡C to +85¡C ■ Operating temperature: -10¡C to +70¡C ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable

Type Control Width Part No. voltage in 18mm 15443 ways CH 230Vac 2 15440 CI 230Vac 2 15443

CI 2 3

CH 2 3 Kwh

Load Load

CH CI

68 TI current transformers Metering and measurement

Application TI are a range of current transformers with a ratio of x/5 for use with measurement devices (AMP, ME) and control devices. Technical details ■ Suited to all types of modular electrical switchboards and enclosures ■ Easy installation on symmetrical rail ■ Easy, reliable connection using tunnel terminals, terminals for lugs or screw terminals ■ Compliance with standards: IEC 44-1, NEF 42502, VDE 0414, BS 7626 and IEC 38-1 ■ Degree of protection: IP20 16503 ■ Ambient installation temperature: ■ Standard range: -5¡C to +55¡C, humidity < 95%, ■ Tropicalised range: -25¡C to +60¡C humidity > 95% ■ Storage temperature: -40¡C to +80¡C

TI electrical data ■ Maximum voltage rating Ue: 720V ■ Secondary current: 5A ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz

TI mechanical data ■ Maximum dimensions of primary circuit opening and weight:

Part No. Opening Diameter Weight (mm) (mm) (g) 16500 - 16506 and 16451 - 16456 20x5 21 200 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 30x10 22 270 16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 40x10 35 430 16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474 64x11 and 51x31 500 16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 65x32 32 600 16537 - 16538 34x84 700 16540 - 16544 38x127 1500 16545 - 16547 52x127 1500 16548 - 16549 55x165 5000

Specific technical data Ring type current transformers ■ Secondary connection using terminals for crimped lugs, tunnel terminals or using studs (depending on Part No.) ■ Delivered with:

Part No. Adaptor Adaptor Insulated Sealable for fixing for fixing binding cover on a on a screw symmetrical plate rail 16500 - 16506 and 16451 - 16456 ■■ ■ 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 ■■■Optional 16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 ■■■Optional 16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474 ■■■ 16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 ■■ 16537 - 16538 ■■ 16540 - 16544 ■■ 16545 - 16547 ■■ 16548 - 16549 ■■

For further details on selecting a current transformer, see page 161.

69 TI current transformers Metering and measurement

Rating Part No. Part No. Part No. Power (VA) standard tropicalised cylinder Accuracy class TI TI 0.5 1 3 40/5A 16500 16550 1 50/5A 16501 16451 16550 1.25 1.5 75/5A 16502 16452 16550 1.25 3 100/5A 16503 16453 16550 2 2.5 4 125/5A 16504 16454 16550 2.5 4 5 150/5A 16505 16455 16550 3 4 6.5 16509 16459 1.5 5.5 6.5 200/5A 16506 16456 16550 4 6 7 16510 16460 4 7 8.5 16526 16476 2 5 250/5A 16511 16461 16551 6 9 11 16503 16518 16468 2.5 5 8 16627 16477 1 4 6 300/5A 16512 16462 16551 7.5 11 13.5 16519 16469 4 8 12 16528 16478 1.5 6 7 400/5A 16520 16470 8 12 15 16529 16479 5 7.5 10 16513* 16463 16551 10.5 15 18 500/5A 16521 16471 10 12 15 16523 16473 2 4 6 16530 16480 8 10 12 16514* 16464 16551 12 18 22 600/5A 16524 16474 4 6 8 16531 16481 8 10 12 16515* 16465 16551 14.5 21.5 26 800/5A 16532 16482 12.5 15 20 1000/5A 16533 16483 15 20 25 1250/5A 16534 20 25 30 16537 12 15 20 16512 16540 8 12 1500/5A 16535 22.5 30 35 16538 15 20 25 16541 10 15 2000/5A 16542 15 20 2500/5A 16543 20 25 16545 40 50 60 300/5A 16544 25 30 4000/5A 16547 60 80 100 5000/5A 16548 60 120 6000/5A 16549 70 120 * Only for use with cylinder

Accessories Part No. Sealable cover for 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 16552 Sealable cover for 16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 16553

70 TH modular thermostats Energy management

Application The TH3 and TH6 modular thermostats offer close tolerance temperature control for a variety of applications. Technical data ■ Output contact rating: ■ 5 A at 250Vac cos ¯ =1 ■ 1 A at 250Vac cos ¯ = 0.6 ■ Electronic thermostat: ■ Consumption: 2VA ■ Temperature difference between tripping and activation: ± 0.2¡C ■ Degree of protection: IP20 15840 Specific technical data TH3 ■ Three indicator lights visualise: ■ Above freezing operation (green) ■ Reduced operation (yellow) ■ The make position of the output contacts (red) ■ Connection: 6mm2 tunnel terminals ■ Delivered with ambient temperature probe

TH6 ■ Indicator light: a (red) light emitting diode visualises the make position of the output contacts ■ Connection: 2 x 2.5mm2 tunnel terminals ■ Delivered without probe

15841

Type Temperature Width in Part No. range 18mm (0C) ways TH3 (c/w probe 15846) +8 to +26 4.5 15841 TH6 -30 to +90 4.5 15840

Accessories Ground probe 15845 Ambient probe 15846 Outdoor probe 15847 Collar probe 15848

External contacts Above Reduced freezing setpoint

1 2345678 1 2345678

910111213141516 910111213141516

Ambient L NO L N Ambient L NO L N { { temperature 220/240V temperature 220/240V control control

TH3 TH6

71 72 Unit mounted residual Section three current devices

RMG residual current devices 74

RMG auxiliaries 75

RMG accessories 76

RMG enclosures 77

The devices featured in Section three are not suitable for mounting in the Isobar 4 outgoing connection system

73 RMG residual current devices Ratings: 16 - 100A Sensitivities: 10 - 300mA, time delayed Application Type RMG residual current devices provide the functions of isolation, switching and earth leakage protection of electrical circuits. They have a residual current operated electro-mechanical release which operates without any auxiliary source of supply to open a circuit automatically in the case of an earth leakage fault between phase and earth greater than or equal to a threshold of 10, 30, 100, or 300mA. Type RMG RCD - two pole 240V Class AC Rating Sensitivity Part No. (A) (mA) 16 10 RMG 16 010 2 25 10 RMG 25 010 2 RMG 80 030 2 25 30 RMG 25 030 2 40 30 RMG 40 030 2 Specifications 40 300 RMG 40 300 2 ■ RCD: BS EN 61008 63 30 RMG 63 030 2 63 100 RMG 63 100 2 63 300 RMG 63 300 2 Technical data 80 30 RMG 80 030 2 ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with 80 100 RMG 80 100 2 BS 7671 80 300 RMG 80 300 2 Unwanted tripping 100 30 RMG 100 030 2 All RMG rcd's incorporate a filtering device preventing 100 100 RMG 100 100 2 the risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages 100 300 RMG 100 300 2 (lightning, line disturbances on other equipment...) and 80 100 transient currents (from high capacitive circuits.) time delayed 50 - 70ms 23111 100 300 Electrical data time delayed 50 - 70ms 23116 ■ Current ratings: 16A - 100A 100 100 ■ Voltage ratings: 2 pole: 110/240Vac, time delayed 50 - 70ms RMG 1001002S 4 pole: 240/415Vac ■ Cable capacities 16A - 80A: tunnel terminals for cables up to 35mm2 Type RMG RCD - four pole 415V Class AC 100A: clamp terminals for cables up to 50mm2 Rating Sensitivity Part No. ■ Number of operating cycles: (on load) 20,000 (A) (mA) cycles (O-C) 25 30 RMG 25 030 4 ■ Operating temperature: -5 to +40¡C 25 300 RMG 25 300 4 ■ Identification system: All RMG RCDs can accept 40 30 RMG 40 030 4 up to a total of 4 marking accessories on each of 40 300 RMG 40 300 4 their poles. 63 30 RMG 63 030 4 63 100 RMG 63 100 4 63 300 RMG 63 300 4 ■ Width in 18mm SP ways: 63 300 2P RMG all ratings: 2 time delayed 50 - 70ms 23146 4P RMG all ratings: 4 80 30 16261 100 300 23213 Installation 100 300 time delayed 50 - 70ms 23227 ■ On symmetrical DIN rail ■ Panel mounting Type RMG RCD Class A Note: RMG residual current devices must be used with Rating No. of Part No. circuit breakers to provide circuit protection of overload (A) poles and short circuit faults. 25A 30mA 2 23249 ■ Dimensions: see page 170 40A 30mA 2 23253 63A 30mA 2 23258

40A 30mA 4 23303 63A 30mA 4 23308

3 phase 3 wire 415V applications N R Y B or In applications where no neutral is available an auxiliary test resistor is required for test button operation. FEED LOAD Note: Device operation is independent of voltage or type of connection. LOAD FEED 30mA 2700Ω 4 watt 100mA 820Ω 4 watt N R Y B 300 mA 270Ω 4 watt Note: Resistors are not available from Merlin Gerin.

74 Electrical auxiliaries for 2 and 4 pole RMGs

Arrangement of auxiliaries

O R O + F M F S G

MX O R O + or F M F + + MN S ++ G

MX MX O R O + or +++or F M F MN MN S G

Note: both 2P and 4P RMG type residual current Auxiliary Shunt trip Undervoltage Auxiliary RCD devices can be fitted with the above combinations of switch OF module MX trip module MN switch OF.S electrical auxiliaries. Note: OFS required for all combinations.

Shunt trip release (MX) ■ Enables remote tripping Width Coil Consumption Part ■ Is equipped with a cut off switch in series with the in 18mm volt pickup W or VA No. coil allowing control circuit to remain energised SP ways ■ Includes one auxiliary changeover switch (OF) 1 130Vdc 10 26946 ■ Red flag trip indicator 1 240Vac 50 26946 ■ Mounted on the LHS of the OFS 1 415Vac 120 26946 ■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2 1 48 - 60Vdc 22 26947 1 48 - 130Vac 200 26947 1 24Vac/dc 120 26948 Also requires OFS 26923

26946

Undervoltage release (MN) ■ Enables the RCD to be tripped either when the Width Coil Consumption Part auxiliary supply voltage drops or by the opening in 18mm volt pickup W or VA No. operation of a normally closed remote pushbutton SP ways ■ Prevents the RCD from being switched 'ON' again 1 220/240Vac 4.1 26960 if the undervoltage release supply is not present 1 48Vac/dc 4.3 26961 ■ Red flag trip indicator Also requires OFS 26923 ■ Mounted on the LHS of the OFS ■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2

26960

Auxiliary switch (OFS) ■ A changeover switch which acts as an indicating Width Part or control device to monitor the ON or OFF in 18mm No. positions of an RCD SP ways ■ The OFS also acts as an adaptor mounted on the 0.5 OFS 26923 LHS of RCD, between the RCD and any other Contact ratings (A): auxiliaries (additional OF, MX, MN, mounted on ■ 3A at 415Vac LHS of OFS). Indicates type of RCD ■ 1A at 125Vdc ■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2 ■ 6A at 24Vdc ■ 6A at 240Vac ■ 2A at 48Vdc 26923 Auxiliary switch (OF) ■ Changes main contacts to ON/OFF Width Part ■ Test button on front face in 18mm No. ■ Cable capacity 2.5mm2 SP ways 0.5 OF 26924 Also requires OFS 26923

26924

75 Accessories RMG type residual current devices

Terminal shields ■ Two piece: completely covers terminals Description Part No. (cannot be fitted to 100A 2 pole unit) Two piece unit for use with 2P RMG RCDs (except 100A unit) 26976 Two piece unit for use with 4P RMG RCDs 26978

26978

Sealable terminal screw shield ■ Enables total isolation of the terminal screws Description Part No. ■ 2P and 4P RMG RCDs only For use with 2P and 4P RMG RCDs (2 strips of 4) 26981

26981

Padlocking facility Description Part No. Padlocking bag of 2 26970 Padlock + 2 keys MGPL Spare key for MGPL MGPLSK

76 ▼ Metal Enclosures ❖ All insulated RMG type residual current devices

▼ G9 enclosure IP30 For a more comprehensive range of enclosures Capacity in Part No. please refer to Section seven. 18mm SP ways ■ Made from folded steel, epoxy powder coated 3 99560 ■ Degree of protection: IP30 4 14599 ■ It consists of: 5 14603 ■ A back plate with DIN rail ■ Dimensions: see page 189 ■ A cover screwed to the back plate having 25mm ■ For 2P RMG RCDs use 99560 knockouts top and bottom ■ For 4P RMG RCDs use 14599.

14599

❖ Mini opale IP30 Impact resistant, all insulated enclosure self Capacity in Part No. extinguishing to 650¡C. 18mm SP ways ■ Degree of protection: IP30 2 13392 ■ It consists of: 4 13394 ■ An insulated back plate with integral DlN rail 6 13396 ■ A cover clipped to the back plate 8 13398 ■ Four hole terminal bar (also available separately - ■ Dimensions: see page 189 (1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2) Part No. 14901) ■ For 2P RMG RCDs use 13392 ■ For 4P RMG RCDs use 13394

13394

❖ Kaedra weatherproof IP65 ■ Degree of protection: IP65 Capacity in Part No. ■ Protection against mechanical damage IK09 18mm SP ways ■ Self extinguishing insulating material 4 13441 ■ Flame and abnormal heat resistance 6500C, 6 13442 IEC 60695-2-1 8 13443 ■ Class 2: total insulation 12 13444 ■ They are supplied complete with: ■ Built in dividable blanking plate Lock & key 13948 ■ Screwed cover with hinged transparent window Sealing kit 13947 Bag of membrane glands 14190 ■ 13441 - 13443 two terminal blocks 4 holes each ■ Dimensions: see page 190 13441 ■ 13444 - two terminal blocks 8 holes each ■ Accessories: see page 131

77 78 Circuit breakers Section four

DPN MCBs, 1 - 40A 80

DPN RCBOs, 6 - 40A 81

C120 MCBs, 10 - 125A 82 - 83

C120 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A 84 - 85

DPN/C60/C120 auxiliaries 86 - 89

DPN/C60/C120 accessories 90 - 91

NG125 MCBs, 10 - 125A 92 - 98

NG125 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A 99 - 103

NG125 auxiliaries 104 - 107

NG125 accessories 108 - 109

P25M, 0.16 - 25A 110 - 111

The devices featured in Section four are not suitable for mounting in the Isobar 4 Connection System

79 DPN Miniature circuit breakers 1P + switched neutral Ratings 4 - 40A, breaking capacity 6kA

Applications Protection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits where switching of the neutral is required. DPN type B ■ For use in applications with general load characteristics ■ 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only protected ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In

Rating Part Width in 18mm (A) No. SP ways 4 19249 1 6 19250 1 19271 10 19252 1 16 19254 1 20 19255 1 25 19256 1 32 19257 1 40 19258 1

DPN type C ■ For use in applications with moderate inrush currents ■ 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only protected ■ Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C magnetic setting between 3 and 10 In

Rating Part Width in 18mm (A) No. SP ways 1 19260 1 2 19261 1 4 19263 1 6 19264 1 10 19266 1 16 19268 1 20 19269 1 25 19270 1 32 19271 1 40 19272 1

Installation ■ Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in multi-service type boards and standard enclosures

Technical data ■ Current rating: 1 to 40A at 300C ■ Voltage rating: 240Vac ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898, 6kA ■ Operating cycles: Mechanical: 20,000 Electrical: 20A, 20,000 25A, 15,000 32A, 10,000 40A, 6,000 ■ Positive contact indication: in accordance with BS 7671 ■ Width: 18mm ■ Weight: 120g ■ Cable capacity: 16mm2 ■ Tightening torque: 2.5Nm

Accessories: see page 96 Dimensions: see page172

80 DPN RCBO Combined MCB/RCD 1P + switched neutral

Application Protection against the effects of earth leakage, overload and short circuit currents.

■ 2 pole switching of phase & neutral. Phase protected against overloads and short circuits ■ Commercial, industrial and domestic electrical distribution systems Note: must not be used as the sole means of providing protection against direct contact (BS7671).

Technical data ■ Nominal voltage: 110/240V ■ Breaking capacity: 6000A Ics to BS EN 60898, and earth leakage tested to BS EN 61009 ■ Tripping characteristics: C curve: the magnetic release operates between 5 and 10 In ■ Positive contact indication of the phase 19668 conductor: in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations BS7671 ■ Sensitivity: (non-adjustable) 30mA: unwanted tripping: The DPN rcbo incorporates a filtering device, preventing the risks of unwanted Type Width Sens. Rat. Part No. tripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line in (mA) (A) disturbances on other equipment and transient 18mm currents from high capacitive circuits) SP ways ■ Visual indication of trip due to earth faults N + 1P 230619661 ■ AC Class 10 19663 ■ Cable capacities: Tunnel terminals up to 16mm2 16 19665 ■ Weight: 190g 20 19666 ■ Installation: Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN 25 19667 rail in multi-service type boards and standard 32 19668 enclosures 40 19669 ■ Padlocking in the ON/OFF position by using Part No. MGLA or 26970

N1P

N2 1 protected pole + switched neutral

Type No. of MCBs Part no. Comb busbars Comb busbar Comb busbars enable several circuit breakers to be 1P+N 13 14880 supplied with power. 1P+N 24 14890 ■ The supply to the comb busbar can be connected: (bag of 2) ■ Directly across the circuit breaker terminals by a 2 25mm insulated 14885 16mm2 cable connector (bag of 4) OR ■ Via 25mm2 connectors. Suitable for use with DPN 432 max.24 MCBs MCBs and DPN vigi or combinations of both 235 Characteristics max.13 MCBs ■ Current rating at 400C: ■ 100A with a central connector ■ DPN comb busbar 100A/240V IEC664 125A with two supply points Clip-on markers ■ Markers can be installed: ■ On the front face (max. 6 markers) ■ Or above the downstream terminals (max. 4 27 markers). 10 15

81 C120H circuit breakers B, C and D curves Ratings 10 - 125A, breaking capacity 15kA Applications C120 MCBs provide high levels of current capacity, while maintaining a breaking capacity of 15kA. Available with a wide range of add on earth leakage and control accessories, C120H provides a physical replacement for the previous NC100 range of devices with B, C, and D type characteristics and 1 - 4 poles. ■ Protection of cables against overloads and short circuits in final distribution ■ Manual control and isolation ■ Earth leakage protection when combined with a Vigi to BS EN 61009 ■ 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B C120H miniature circuit breakers Remote tripping, indication, by adding auxiliaries common to the entire C60/C120 range See page 88

Technical data ■ Current rating: 10 - 125A ■ Maximum voltage rating Ue: 440Vac ■ Insulation voltage Ui: 500V ■ Impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6kV ■ Complies with: BS EN 60898 and BS EN 60947-2 ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 Type Voltage Breaking (V) capacity Icn (A) 1, 2, 3, and 4P 230 - 400 15000

■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2 Type Voltage Breaking (V) capacity Icu (A) 1P 130 30000 230 - 240 15000 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C C120H miniature circuit breakers 400 - 415 4500 (1) 2, 3 and 4P 230 - 240 30000 400 - 415 15000 440 10000 (1) Breaking capacity under 1 pole with IT isolated neutral system (case of double fault).

■ Service breaking capacity: Ics = 50% Icu ■ Positive contact indication ■ Fast closing ensures simultaneous closing of poles ■ Electrical durability: ■ ≤63A: 10,000 cycles (O-C) ■ 80 - 125A: 5,000 cycles (O-C) ■ Limitation class: 3 ■ Mechanical durability: 20,000 cycles (O-C) ■ Weight: Pole Grams 1 205 2 410 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type D C120H miniature circuit breakers 3 615 4 820

■ Connection: ■ Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2 ■ Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm2 ■ Tightening torque: 3.5Nm ■ Terminals ensure: ■ Degree of protection IP2X ■ Clamping of wide cross section cables ■ Automatic guiding of cable into the correct position ■ Markers: ■ 4 marker clips next to the upstream terminal ■ Label holder on handle (2, 3 and 4 pole) ■ Degree of pollution: 3

82 C120H circuit breakers B, C and D curves Ratings 10 - 125A, breaking capacity 15kA

B curve C120H Type B curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s ■ Applications: Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in Protection and (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm control of circuits SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways against overloads 10 18394 1.5 18405 3 18416 4.5 18427 6 and short circuits in 16 18395 1.5 18406 3 18417 4.5 18428 6 applications with 20 18396 1.5 18407 3 18418 4.5 18429 6 general load 25 18397 1.5 18408 3 18419 4.5 18430 6 characteristics 32 18398 1.5 18409 3 18420 4.5 18431 6 ■ Tripping 40 18399 1.5 18410 3 18421 4.5 18432 6 characteristics: 50 18400 1.5 18411 3 18422 4.5 18433 6 BS EN 60898 63 18401 1.5 18412 3 18423 4.5 18434 6 Type B. Magnetic 80 18402 1.5 18413 3 18424 4.5 18435 6 setting between 3 100 18403 1.5 18414 3 18425 4.5 18436 6 and 5 In 125 18404 1.5 18415 3 18426 4.5 18437 6 Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.

C curve C120H Type C curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s ■ Applications: Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in Protection and (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm control of circuits SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways against overloads 10 18438 1.5 18449 3 18460 4.5 18471 6 and short circuits in 16 18439 1.5 18450 3 18461 4.5 18472 6 applications with 20 18440 1.5 18451 3 18462 4.5 18473 6 moderate inrush 25 18441 1.5 18452 3 18463 4.5 18474 6 currents 32 18442 1.5 18453 3 18464 4.5 18475 6 ■ Tripping 40 18443 1.5 18454 3 18465 4.5 18476 6 characteristics: 50 18444 1.5 18455 3 18466 4.5 18477 6 BS EN 60898 63 18445 1.5 18456 3 18467 4.5 18478 6 Type C. Magnetic 80 18446 1.5 18457 3 18468 4.5 18479 6 setting between 5 100 18447 1.5 18458 3 18469 4.5 18480 6 and 10 In 125 18448 1.5 18459 3 18470 4.5 18481 6 Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.

D curve C120H Type D curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s ■ Applications: Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in Protection and (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm control of circuits SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways against overloads 10 18482 1.5 18493 3 18504 4.5 18515 6 and short circuits in 16 18483 1.5 18494 3 18505 4.5 18516 6 applications with 20 18484 1.5 18495 3 18506 4.5 18517 6 high inrush currents 25 18485 1.5 18496 3 18507 4.5 18518 6 ■ Tripping 32 18486 1.5 18497 3 18508 4.5 18519 6 characteristics: 40 18487 1.5 18498 3 18509 4.5 18520 6 BS EN 60898 50 18488 1.5 18499 3 18510 4.5 18521 6 Type D. Magnetic 63 18489 1.5 18500 3 18511 4.5 18522 6 setting between 10 80 18490 1.5 18501 3 18512 4.5 18523 6 and 14 In 100 18491 1.5 18502 3 18513 4.5 18524 6 125 18492 1.5 18503 3 18514 4.5 18525 6 Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.

1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7

2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8

83 Vigi C120 modules Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs Standard and si type, BS EN 61009-IEC 60497.2 appendix B

Common function Common technical data ■ The Vigi C120 module incorporates the residual ■ The protection of electrical installations against current relay and toroid in a case. Its earth earth faults leakage module is electro-mechanical. It functions ■ The protection of persons against indirect contact: without an auxiliary power supply source and thus medium sensitivities (300, 500, 1000mA) has a very wide operating range ■ Supplementary protection of persons against ■ Protected against nuisance tripping due to accidental direct contact: high sensitivity (30mA) transient overvoltages (lightning strike, switchgear The C120 residual current device complies with switching on the network, etc.) BS EN 61009. It is equipped with a locating device ■ Breaking and making capacity upon short circuit that ensures the correct rating and number of poles. is equal to the breaking capacity of the circuit breaker The technical data of C120 circuit breakers when ■ Instantaneous or selective s trip units combined with Vigi modules remain unchanged and ■ Reinforced electromagnetic compatibility the circuit breakers remain compatible with indication or control auxiliaries. Technical data for standard type ■ AC class: standard, 50 - 60Hz Trip sensitivity ■ 8/20ms impulse withstand: ■ AC class ■ Instantaneous: 250A peak Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents whether they ■ Selective: 3kA peak are quickly applied or rise slowly ■ Impulse withstand: ■ Instantaneous: 3kA peak ■ A class ■ Selective: 5kA peak A class: ensures tripping with a DC ■ Remote tripping: possible using an MX or MN component current. Tripped by sinusoidal AC release on circuit breaker currents as well as by pulsed DC currents ■ Connection: Identical to C120 circuit breakers: whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly ■ Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2 ■ 22 Trip type Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm ■ Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Instantaneous ■ Width of C120 residual current device + Vigi Provides a trip upon reaching threshold (no intentional module: (in number of 18mm SP ways) time delay). 2P 3P 4P Selective s 6.5 (3+3.5) 9.5 (4.5+5) 11 (6+5) Provides discrimination with down stream device by introducing an intentional time delay. Down stream ■ Weight (g): device must be instantaneous with a sensitivity of 1/2 the upstream device. 2P 3P 4P 325 500 580 si Provides continuity of supply on circuits with a ■ Fault indication by means of a red strip on the disturbed supply network. Used where there is a high resetting handle risk of nuisance tripping due to: ■ Resetting the Vigi module, at user's ■ Lightning strikes convenience: ■ IT earthing systems ■ Either using the circuit breaker handle ■ Switched electronic ballasts ■ Or independently of the circuit breaker Desensitised by: ■ Test button on front face for local operation check ■ Harmonics or high frequencies ■ DC components

Combination of earth leakage modules with circuit breakers

C120 circuit breaker Vigi C120 module C120 residual current device

84 Vigi C120 modules Add on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs AC, A, si class, BS EN 61009 Class AC, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways 30 18563 3.5 18566 5 18569 5 300 18564 3.5 18567 5 18570 5 300 s 18544 3.5 18546 5 18548 5 500 18565 3.5 18568 5 18571 5 1000 s 18545 3.5 18547 5 18549 5

18563 18546 18549

Class A, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways 30 18572 3.5 18575 5 18578 5 300 18573 3.5 18576 5 18579 5 300 s 18581 3.5 18584 5 18587 5 500 18574 3.5 18577 5 18580 5 500 s 18582 3.5 18585 5 18588 5 1000 s 18583 3.5 18586 5 18589 5

18572 18584 18589

Class si, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways 30 18591 3.5 18594 5 18597 5 300 18592 3.5 18595 5 18598 5 300 s 18556 3.5 18558 5 18560 5 500 18593 3.5 18596 5 18599 5 1000 s 18557 3.5 18559 5 18561 5

18591 18558 18561

13 135 135 7 T T T

2 4 2 4 6 2468

2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices

85 Electrical auxiliaries For DPN, C60 and C120

Applications The TM unit provides remote control of C60 and C120 circuit breakers via an electrical signal. For security or energy management, TM can be used to control lighting motors or heating. For the remote control and status indication of DPN, C60 or C120 MCBs. ■ They are mounted to the left of the circuit breaker within a maximum width of 54mm ■ Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker ■ Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) ■ A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker ■ A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same circuit breaker ■ A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same circuit breaker ■ A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same circuit breaker

+ + + + + +

OF+SD/OF OF SD MN s , MNx or MSU MX + OF or MN TM Circuit auxiliary auxiliary fault auxiliary auxiliary remote control breaker contact contact indication switch

86 TM remote controls For C60 and C120

Possible Voltage Part No. Width in combinations (V) 18mm SP A1 ways MX C60 1 - 2P 230 18310 3.5 C120 1 - 2P 230 18312 3.5 MN auto 230V ~ SD

18310 Possible Voltage Part No. Width in combinations (V) 18mm SP A1 ways MX C60 3 - 4P 230 18311 3.5

MN auto 230V ~ SD

18311

Tm modules allow: Technical data ■ Remote control of C60/C120 circuit breakers (with ■ Control voltage (Uc): 230Vac (-15% +10%) or without a Vigi module)via a latched order ■ Frequency: 50 - 60Hz ■ Circuit breaker resetting after tripping, while ■ Consumption: respecting safety rules and regulations in force ■ Inrush: -Tm C60:28VA, -Tm C120:35VA ■ A disconnection selector switch placed on the ■ Holding: 2VA front panel is used to: ■ Insensitive to brownouts: 0.45s ■ Disconnect the remote control ■ Undervoltage behaviour: ■ Lock the remote controlled circuit breaker in the ■ >0.45s,mechanical opening of poles "open" position (7 mm ¯ padlock not supplied) ■ Reclosing 2s after power is restored ■ A mechanical indicator shows the "open" or ■ Number of cycles (O-C)at 40¡C: "closed"status of the Tm remote control ■ Tm +C60:20 000 ■ Reclosing after a fault: ■ Tm +C120 (63A):10 000 ■ Must be carried out in manual mode,locally after ■ Tm +C120 (80 - 125A): 5 000 search and clearance of the fault ■ Opening time by Tm: 0.5s ■ To enable manual and local resetting, an SD ■ Closing time by Tm: 2s auxiliary switch (cat.no.26927),cabled in series in the control line of the Tm to module, prevent automatic remote reclosing Connection ■ ■ Remote reclosing is possible provided regulations Using tunnel terminals: ■ 2 are complied with:resetting takes place by 1 x 6mm cable ■ 2 2 opening the control circuit for more than 1.5s 2 x 1.5mm or 2.5mm cables Weight ■ 1 - 2P: 300g ■ 3 - 4P: 310g

87 Electrical auxiliaries For DPN, C60 and C120

MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact) Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways U> 110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 1 48 48 26947 1 12/24 12/24 26948 1 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication and self breaks control circuit 14 12 C2 C1 allowing it to remain energised. 26946

MSU (voltage threshold release) 1P + N Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U>> 220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 2* 220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479 2*

NL 26979 MN (under voltage release) Instantaneous Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP

U< (Vac) (Vdc) ways 220 - 240 26960 1 48 48 26961 1 115 (400Hz) 26959 1 220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 2 Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed. D1 D2

26963

MNx emergency stop Ph + N Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways U< 230 26969 2 230 26977 2* 400 26991 2* 400 26971 2 * For use with C60 only. Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push E1 E2 N L button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of 26969 power supply failure.

MX shunt release Control Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP U> (Vac) (Vdc) ways 110 - 415 110 - 130 26476 1 48 48 26477 1 12/24 12/24 26478 1

C2 C1

26476

88 Electrical auxiliaries For DPN, C60 and C120

SD fault indicating switch Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 26927 0.5

Contact rating (V) (A) Auxiliary contact 240Vac 6A changes when device 415Vac 3A trips, with front face 24Vdc 6A 94 92 91 indication. 48Vdc 2A 26927 125Vdc 1A

OF auxiliary contact Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways 26924 0.5

Contact rating (V) (A) Auxiliary contact 240Vac 6A changes with main 415Vac 3A contacts (ON/OFF) 24Vdc 6A 14 12 11 with test button on 48Vdc 2A 26924 front face. 125Vdc 1A OF + SD/OF selector switch Part No. Width in voltage 18mm SP ways 26929 0.5 Auxiliary contact and selectable auxiliary or fault contact with front face indication.

24 22 21 26929 92 94 91

89 Accessories For C60 and C120

Padlocking facility Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Pack of 5 MGLA C120 Pack of 2 27145

26970

Screw shield Breaker Quantity Part No. C60 Sealable and dividable 2 strips of 4 26981 C60 vigi 1P shields pack of 20 26982 C120 Sealable and dividable 2 strips of 4 18527

18527

Terminal shield Breaker Pole Part No. C60 1 26975 2 26976 3 26975 4 26976 + 26978 C120 1 18526 2 2 x 18526 3 3 x 18526 4 4 x 18526

18526

Insulated sub distribution terminal Breaker Quantity Part No. C60/C120 Pack of 4 19091 For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each.

19091

Aluminium cable terminal Breaker Quantity Part No. C60/C120 Pack of 1 27060 For cables 16 - 50mm2.

27060

90 Accessories For C60 and C120

Screw connection Breaker Quantity Part No. C60/C120 Pack of 8 27053

Rear connection terminal with interpole barrier Breaker Quantity Part No. C60/C120 Pack of 2 18528

18528

Inter-pole barrier Breaker Quantity Part No. C60/C120 Pack of 10 27001

27001

Spacer Breaker Width Part No. C60/C120 9mm 27062

27062

Label holder Breaker Quantity Part No. C120 Pack of 10 replacements 27150

Replacement wire cover for vigibloc Breaker Pole Part No. C60 2 26483 Pack of 5 3 26484 replacements 4 26485

26483

Marking accessories These clip-on markers allow identification of MCBs and RCDs

27017

91 NG125 circuit breakers Selection

Circuit breakers Standard Number Rating Type Curves Magnetic Breaking capacity at 415V of poles (A) threshold (kA) In 16 25 36 50

BS EN 60947-2 1, 2 10 - 80 NG125N C 8

3, 4 10 - 125 NG125N C 8

3, 4 80 - 125 NG125N B 4

3, 4 80 - 125 NG125N D 12

1, 2, 3, 4 10 - 80 NG125H C 8

2, 3 1.6 - 80 NG125LMA MA 12

Trip free switch disconnector Standard Number Rating Type of poles BS EN 60947-3 3, 4 80, 100, 125 NG125NA

Earth leakage modules for trip free circuit breakers and switch disconnectors Standard Number Rating Vigi Sensitivity Instantaneous of poles In at 400C type (mA) Instantaneous or selective s (A) Instantaneous Selective s or selective or delayed 150ms BS EN 60947-2 2, 3, 4 63 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000-3000 300 300 with fault threshold 1000 indication (1) 3 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000 with fault threshold indication 4 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000 300 with fault threshold indication (1) Only in 3P and 4P.

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

92 NG125 circuit breakers Selection

Choice of circuit breakers Type NG125N NG125H NG125LMA Impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 Insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690 Maximum voltage rating Ue (V) 500 500 500 Number of poles 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 Ð 2, 3 Breaking Icu AC 110 - 130V 50 Ð 70 Ð Ð Ð capacity 220 - 240V 25 50 36 70 Ð 100 (kA) 380 - 415V 6 25 9 36 Ð 50 IEC 947.2 440V Ð 20 30 Ð 40 500V Ð 10 Ð 12 Ð 15 DC 60V 25 Ð 36 Ð Ð Ð 125V Ð 25 (2P) Ð 36 (2P) Ð Ð 250V Ð 25 (4P) Ð 36 (4P) Ð Ð 500V Ð Ð Ð Ð Ð Ð Ics AC 75% Icu 75% Icu 75% Icu DC 100% Icu 100% Icu 100% Icu Tripping B curve 40¡C 80 - 125 Ð curves C curve 40¡C 10 - 80 10 - 125 10 - 80 10 - 80 /ratings (A) D curve 40¡C 80 - 125 Ð MA curve 40¡C Ð Ð 1.6 - 80 Fast closing ■■■ Positive break indication ■■■ Auxiliaries ■■■ Degree of pollution 3 ■■■

18668

93 NG125 switch disconnectors BS EN 60947-3

Applications The NG125NA is a trip free switch disconnector for on load opening and closing.

This modular device has the same Common technical data auxiliary functions and accessories as ■ Ratings: 63 - 125A the NG125 circuit breaker. ■ Maximum voltage rating Ue: 500Vac ■ ■ Vigi NG125 module for earth leakage protection Performance as in BS EN 60947.3 ■ ■ OF + SD auxiliary contact Short time withstand current (50ms) Icw: ■ MX or MN releases 1.5kA ■ Maximum making capacity: see co-ordination ■ Various connection types (80, 100 and 125A tables ratings) ■ Maximum insulation voltage Ui: 690V ■ Rotary handle.This modular device has the same ■ Impulse voltage Uimp: 8kV auxiliary ■ Electrical durability: Voltage Category 63/80A 100/125A 500Vac AC22B 1500 1000 440Vac AC22B 1500 1000 415Vac AC22A-AC23B 1500 1000 125Vdc DC22A 1500 1000 (2P series) 250Vdc DC22A 1500 1000 (4P series)

■ Isolation with positive contact indication ■ Built-in padlocking facility ■ Weight (g): Type 3P 4P 720 960

■ Compatible with Pragma or Prisma G or P 18891 modular enclosures ■ Connection: tunnel terminals for flexible and rigid copper cables up to 70 mm2

3P o 135 Maximum Part N . Width in rating 18mm SP (A) ways 63 18889 4.5 80 18890 4.5 100 18891 4.5 125 18892 4.5

246

4P Maximum Part No. Width in 1357 rating 18mm SP (A) ways 63 18893 6 80 18894 6 100 18895 6 125 18896 6

2468

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

94 NG125N circuit breakers B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA

Applications This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking capacity (up to 25kA): modular enclosure incomer, main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards, outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

Common technical data ■ Rating: 10 - 125A ■ Reference temperature: 40¡C ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Ui: 690V ■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac ■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: Type Voltage Breaking capacity (Vac) (A) 1P 220 - 240 25000 1P 380 - 415 6000 (1) 2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 25000 (1) 1 pole breaking capacity in the IT isolated neutral system (double fault).

■ Isolation with positive contact indication ■ 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed ■ Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P ■ Fault display on front face by: ■ Fault indicator ■ Position of toggle: tripped ■ Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism ■ Fast closing ■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In ■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55¡C) ■ Weight (g): Type 1P 2P 3P 4P 240 480 720 960

■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6 ■ Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) ■ Connection: ■ ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables ■ 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2 copper cables ■ Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or busbar (see connection accessories) ■ On 3P and 4P: upstream voltage connection on each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply

B curve ■ The magnetic trip units operate at 4 In ± 20%

C curve ■ The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20%

D curve ■ The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20%

95 NG125N circuit breakers B, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kA Ratings 10 - 125A B curve NG125N Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways 80 18663 4.5 18666 6 100 18664 4.5 18667 6 125 18665 4.5 18668 6

18664

C curve NG125N Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 10 18610 1.5 18621 3 18632 4.5 18649 6 16 18611 1.5 18622 3 18633 4.5 18650 6 20 18612 1.5 18623 3 18634 4.5 18651 6 25 18613 1.5 18624 3 18635 4.5 18652 6 32 18653 6 18610 18614 1.5 18625 3 18636 4.5 40 18615 1.5 18626 3 18637 4.5 18654 6 50 18616 1.5 18627 3 18638 4.5 18655 6 63 18617 1.5 18628 3 18639 4.5 18656 6 80 18618 1.5 18629 3 18640 4.5 18658 6 100 18642 4.5 18660 6 125 18644 4.5 18662 6

D curve NG125N Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways 80 18669 4.5 18672 6 100 18670 4.5 18673 6 125 18671 4.5 18674 6

18669

1 13 135 1357

2 24 246 2468

1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

96 NG125H circuit breakers C curve BS EN 60947-2: 36kA Ratings 10 - 125A

Applications This circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breaking capacity (up to 36kA): main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards; outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

Common technical data ■ Weight (g): ■ Rating: 10 - 80A Type 1P 2P 3P 4P ■ Reference temperature: 40¡C 240 480 720 960 ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ ■ Ui: 690V Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to ■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Section 6 ■ Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part ■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: outside the enclosure) Type Voltage Breaking capacity ■ Connection: (Vac) (A) ■ ≤ 2 1P 220 - 240 36000 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm 1P 380 - 415 9000 (1) copper cables ■ 2 2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 36000 80A rating: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm (1) 1 pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral copper cables ■ systems (double fault). Connection of aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or busbar for 3P and 4P (see connection ■ Isolation with positive break indication accessories) ■ ■ 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Upstream voltage connection on each pole, by ■ Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply ■ Fault display on front face by: ■ Fault indicator C curve ■ Position of toggle: tripped ■ The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20% ■ Test button to check proper operation of the tripping mechanism ■ Fast closing ■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In ■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 (relative humidity: 95% at 55¡C)

C curve NG125H Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in (A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways 10 18705 1.5 18714 3 18723 4.5 18732 6 16 18706 1.5 18715 3 18724 4.5 18733 6 20 18707 1.5 18716 3 18725 4.5 18734 6 25 18708 1.5 18717 3 18726 4.5 18735 6 32 18736 6 18705 18709 1.5 18718 3 18727 4.5 40 18710 1.5 18719 3 18728 4.5 18737 6 50 18711 1.5 18720 3 18729 4.5 18738 6 63 18712 1.5 18721 3 18730 4.5 18739 6 80 18713 1.5 18722 3 18731 4.5 18740 6

1 13 135 1357

2 24 246 2468

1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

97 NG125 circuit breakers MA curve (magnetic trip) BS EN 60947-2: 50kA

Applications The NG125LMA circuit breakers are designed to protect motor supply circuits (cables and starters) against short circuit current. These devices can be used in conjunction with Telemecanique overload relays to achieve total motor protection.

Common technical data ■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In ■ Trip units: 1.4 - 80A ■ Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2 ■ Reference temperature: 40¡C (relative humidity: 95% at 55¡C) ■ ■ Uimp: 8kV Weight (g): ■ Ui: 690V Type 2P 3P ■ Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac 480 720 ■ Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2: ■ Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Type Voltage Breaking capacity (V) (A) Section 6 ■ 2, 3P 380 - 415 50000 Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the part outside the enclosure) ■ ■ Isolation with positive contact indication Connection: ■ ■ 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Trip units up to MA63: tunnel terminals for 2 ■ Built-in padlocking facility on 3P 1.5 - 50mm copper cables ■ 2 ■ Fault display on front face by: MA80 trip units: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm ■ Fault indicator copper cables ■ On 3P, upstream voltage connection on each ■ Position of toggle: tripped pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit ■ Test button to check proper operation of the supply tripping mechanism ■ Fast closing MA curve ■ The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20%

MA curve NG125N Rating In Trip unit Magn. Im 2P Width in 3P Width in (A) (A) 18mm 18mm SP ways SP ways 4 MA4 50 18868 3 18879 4.5 6.3 MA6.3 75 18869 3 18880 4.5 10 MA10 120 18870 3 18881 4.5 12.5 MA12.5 150 18871 3 18882 4.5 16 MA16 190 18868 18872 3 18883 4.5 25 MA25 300 18873 3 18884 4.5 40 MA40 480 18874 3 18885 4.5 63 MA63 750 18875 3 18886 4.5 80 MA80 960 18876 3 18887 4.5

13 135

24 246

2 pole devices 3 pole devices

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

98 NG125 Vigi Selection

18668 19049

Vigi module A class 10 - 63A 80 - 125A Pole Page Pole Page Adjustable 300, 500, 1000mA 3P, 4P 111 instantaneous, selective s 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111 3P, 4P 111 instantaneous, selective, delayed Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 109 3P, 4P 109 300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 111 4P 111 300mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111 1000mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111

Vigi module AC class 10 - 63A Pole Page Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 108 300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 110

Vigi module si class 80 - 125A Pole Page Adjustable 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111 instantaneous, selective, delayed Non adjustable 30mA 3P, 4P 109

99 NG125 high sensitivity Vigi 30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008 AC class

Applications Combined with an NG125 MCB, vigi units provide protection against indirect and supplementary protection against contact with live parts.

Technical data ■ Tripping by direct mechanical action on the circuit ■ Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents breaker ■ whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Rated current: 63A or 125A with locating ■ Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal device: ■ AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous 63A for < 63A circuit breakers or slowly rising fault ■ 125A for 80, 100 and 125A circuit breakers ■ Incorporates in a single case: ■ Auxiliaries that can be plugged onto Vigi ■ The residual current relay 125A: ■ The toroid ■ Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip ■ Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links ■ Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV (compact size) insulated by a shield auxiliary switch (supplied) (degree of protection IP40D) ■ Weight (g) of Vigi only: ■ Earth fault display on the front face of the Vigi Type 2P 3P 4P module by reset handle 5 mod. 250 — — ■ Voltage rating: 230 - 415Vac 9 mod. — 410 450 ■ Frequency: 50/60Hz 11 mod. — 750 800 ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ ■ Ui: 690V Connection: ■ ≤ 2 ■ Protection against nuisance tripping due to 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear copper cables ■ 2 switching on the network, etc.) 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm copper cables ■ Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug (see connection accessories)

Class AC ~ 2P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in 13 (mA) (A) 18mm SP T ways 30 63 19000 2.5

2 4

3P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in (mA) (A) 18mm SP 135 T ways 30 63 19002 4.5

2 4 6

4P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in (mA) (A) 18mm SP 135 7 T ways 30 63 19004 4.5

2468

100 NG125 high sensitivity Vigi 30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008 A class

Class A 2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in 13 (A) (mA) 18mm SP T ways 63 30 19008 (1) 2.5 (1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.

2 4

19010

3P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 T ways 63 30 19013 4.5 125 30 19039 5.5

2 4 6

4P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 7 T ways 63 30 19015 4.5 125 30 19041 5.5

2468

Class A si type 3P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in 135 (A) (mA) 18mm SP T ways 125 30 19100 5.5

2 4 6

4P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 6 T ways 125 30 19101 5.5

2 4 6 8

101 NG125 sensitivity Vigi Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA) BS EN 61008 AC class

■ Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents Specific technical data of the adjustable whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault vigi ■ Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal ■ I∆n sensitivity adjustable by index: 300, 500, AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneous 1000, 3000mA or slowly rising fault ■ Adjustable tripping time: ■ Selective s : Provides discrimination with down ■ Instantaneous stream device by introducing an intentional time ■ Selective: 60ms delay. Down stream device must be ■ Delayed: 150ms instantaneous and 1/2 ∆In sensitivity ■ ■ Si: Provides continuity of supply on circuits with Leakage current indication on 3P and 4P 300 - disturbed supply network i.e. areas with high risk 3000 I/S/D : ■ of nuisance tripping On the front face by LED ■ ■ Incorporates in a single case: Remotely, by 250V - 1A (low level) volt free NO 2 ■ The residual current relay contact, connected by 2 x 1.5 mm plate ■ The toroid terminal ■ Threshold setting by potentiometer from 10 - 50% ■ Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links of I∆n (compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) ■ Disconnection essential for dielectric testing by ■ Earth fault display: built-in pushbutton ■ On the front face of the Vigi by reset handle ■ Auxiliaries plugged onto 125A and 63A Vigi I/S/D ■ Protection against nuisance tripping due to ■ Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgear ■ Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV switching on the network, etc.) ■ Rated current: 63 or 125A with locating device: auxiliary switch ■ Weight (g) of Vigi only: ■ 63A: for 63A circuit breakers Type 2P 3P 4P ■ 125A: for 80 - 100 - 125A circuit breakers 5 mod. 250 — — ■ Frequency: 50/60Hz 9 mod. — 410 450 11 mod. — 750 800

Class AC ~ 2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in 13 (A) (mA) 18mm SP T ways 63 300 19001 2.5

2 4

3P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 T ways 63 300 19003 4.5

2 4 6

4P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 7 T ways 63 300 19005 4.5

2468

102 NG125 medium sensitivity Vigi Instantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA) BS EN 61008 A class

Class A 2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in 13 (A) (mA) 18mm SP T ways 63 300 19012 2.5 300 19009 (1) 2.5 300 s 19030 2.5 1000 s 19031 2.5 2 4 (1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.

19049

3P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 ways T 63 300 19014 4.5 300 s 19032 4.5 1000 s 19033 4.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19036 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19053 (2) 5.5 2 4 6 125 300 - 1000 I/S 19044 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19047 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19055 (2) 5.5 (2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function.

4P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 7 ways T 63 300 19016 4.5 300 s 19034 4.5 1000 s 19035 4.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19037 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19054 (2) 5.5 2468 125 300 19042 5.5 300 - 1000 I/S 19046 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19049 5.5 300 - 3000 I/S/D 19056 (2) 5.5 (2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function.

Class A si type

135 o 3PT I Max. Sensitivity Part N . Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP ways 125 300 - 3000 I/S/R 19106 5.5

2 4 6

4P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in (A) (mA) 18mm SP 135 7 ways T 125 300 - 3000 I/S/R 19107 5.5

2468

103 NG125 and NG125 Vigi Electrical auxiliaries

Applications MX+OF, MXV shunt trip OF+SD, OF+OF, SDV auxiliary contacts Trips the circuit breaker or Vigi (MXV) when a voltage Remotely indicates: is applied. ■ The "open" or "closed" position (OF) ■ A fault on the circuit breaker (SD) or Vigi module MN, MN undervoltage release (SDV) Trips the circuit breaker when the voltage is disconnected. Early warning ■ This function is performed by light indication and Delayed MN s undervoltage release fault free contact Provides delayed tripping of the circuit breaker to ■ Built in adjustable Vigi modules, 300 - 3000mA, of which it is attached. the I/S/R/ type from 230 - 415Vac

Common technical data ■ Connection: plate terminal for: ■ Complies with standard: ■ 1 or 2 flexible or rigid 2.5mm2 cables ■ BS EN 60947-5-1 (MX + OF, OF + SD, OF + OF ■ 2 x 2.5mm2 uninsulated cable ends and SDV) ■ 2 x 1.5mm2 insulated cable ends ■ BS EN 6094712 (MN, MN s , MX and MXV) ■ 2 x 1.5mm2 fork lugs ■ Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles (AC 15): ■ Ui: class 2 insulation ■ : 690V ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Degree of pollution: 3

NG125 with residual current circuit breaker or device

Technical data for circuit breaker Technical data for Vigi module auxiliaries auxiliaries ■ Can be added to: OF+OF ■ All types of 125A Vigi module ■ Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts ■ 63A 300 - 3000 I/S/D Vigi module SDV (ON/OFF) ■ Fault indicating switch

OF+SD MXV ■ Fault indicating switch changes when main ■ Shunt releases contacts trip ■ Tripping: on energisation ■ Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking MX+OF ■ Impulse withstand: 6kV ■ Shunt releases ■ High impedance input: use an ACTp if leakage ■ Tripping: on energisation current is greater than 1mA see page 55 ■ Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking MNx MN ■ Undervoltage release unaffected by power cuts ■ Undervoltage release ■ Tripping and opening of the associated circuit breaker: if supply voltage drops between 70 and 35% ■ Reclosing: forbidden if supply voltage is not restored (e.g.: emergency stop by pushbutton)

MN s ■ delayed undervoltage release ■ Allows a 0.25 second time delay on brownout or voltage drop

104 NG125 and NG125 Vigi Electrical auxiliaries

Auxiliaries for circuit breaker OF+OF Voltage Part No. Width in 11 12 14 (Vac) 18mm SP ways 220 - 240 (6A) 19071 0.5

21 22 24 19071

Fault indicating switch OF+SD 11 12 14 Voltage Part No. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP ways 220 - 240 (6A) 19072 0.5

95 98 96

19072

OF+OF or OF+SD Voltage Part No. Width in 11 12 14 (Vac) 18mm SP ways 240 (6A) 19073 0.5

21 22 24 95 98 96 19073

Shunt trip MX+OF Voltage Part No. Width in (Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SP U> ways 230 - 415 110 - 130 19064 1 48 - 130 48 19065 1 24 24 19066 1 1412 C2 C1

19064

105 NG125 and NG125 Vigi Electrical auxiliaries

Undervoltage release MN Voltage Part No. Width in (Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SP U> ways 220 - 240 19067 1 48 19069 1 48 19070 1 D1 D2

19067

Undervoltage release with 0.5s time delay MN s Voltage Part No. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP U> ways 230 - 240 19068 2

D1 D2

19068

Auxiliary contacts for Vigi module SDV Voltage Part No. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP ways NO 250 (0.1 - 2A) 19058 - NC 250 (0.1 - 2A) 19059 -

11 12 13 14

19058

Shunt trip for Vigi module MXV Voltage Part No. Width in (Vac) 18mm SP ways

U> 110 - 240 19060 -

M1 M2

19060

Note: High impedance output (use an ACTP Cat. No. 15919, if the leakage current of the control device is greater than 1mA).

106 Distribloc 125A splitters

Applications Distribloc is a fully insulated four pole modular splitters. Connection by screw terminals or spring terminals. Technical data Connection ■ Rated insulation voltage: 690V ■ Incomer: ■ Permissible peak current: Ipk = 20kA ■ Tunnel terminal for 35mm2 flexible or rigid cables ■ Complies with the low voltage switchgear ■ Optional factory built link for NG125 standard: BS EN 60947-7-1 (Part No.07054) ■ Rated current at 40¡C: 125A ■ Outgoer in spring terminals: ■ Installation: ■ Minimum cross section: 1mm2 ■ Clipped onto a symmetrical rail ■ Simplifies rebalancing of phases and extensions ■ Fits onto a row next to other modular device: ■ Unaffected by temperature variations - 45mm nose ■ Spring contact pressure automatically adapted to - 12 mod. of 9mm conductor cross section ■ Can be screwed onto a plain or mounting grid ■ A single cable without metal end per spring: - by flexible cables: 2 x 10mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 + 7 x 4 mm2 - by rigid cables: 2 x 16mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 + 7 x 4mm2 ■ Outgoer in screw terminals: 1x16mm2 or 25mm2 flexible or rigid cables

Distribloc Type Part No. Width in 18mm SP ways Distribloc 125A 07105 6 Set of 4 125A flexible links 07054 -

Distribloc 125

107 NG125 and NG125 Vigi Accessories

Applications The following NG125 accessories can be used to increase flexibility and simplify installation. Screw shield Insulated sub-distribution terminal ■ Prevents contact with device terminal screws ■ Holes for 3 cables: ■ Protection against direct contact: ■ 16mm2 rigid cables ■ IP40D: on the front face ■ 10mm2 flexible cables ■ IP20B: at connection level ■ Optional sealing terminal shield for circuit breaker Copper cable sub-distribution terminals ■ Cable cross section for all ratings (circuit Rotary handle Terminal shield breaker only): ■ Installation: mounted upstream and downstream ■ Flexible cable: 1 - 10mm2 of the circuit breaker/vigi ■ Rigid cable: 1.5 - 16mm2 ■ Phase-to-phase insulation voltage Ui = 1000V ■ With ends: up to 4mm2 inclusive ■ Protection against direct contact: IP40D ■ Tightening torque and tool type: 2Nm with ■ Class II in metal or plastic enclosures (up to 5.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N¡. 1 (Pozidrive 440V) recessed head screw) ■ Optional sealing terminal shield for residual ■ Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V current device Matching terminals for 70mm2 Tunnel terminals for copper cables aluminium cables ■ Cable cross section: ■ Cable cross section for 80,100 and 125A ratings: ■ For 63A ratings: 25 - 70mm2 - flexible cable: 1 - 35mm2 ■ Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with 4mm - rigid cable: 1.5 - 50mm2 Allen wrench (hexagon socket screw) ■ For 80-100-125A ratings: - flexible cable: 10 - 50mm2 Screws and nuts 2 - rigid cable: 16 - 70mm for lug and bar connection ■ Tightening torque and tool type: ■ Installation: upstream or downstream ■ For ≤ 63A ratings: 3.5Nm with 6.5mm flat ■ Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: screwdriver or PZ N¡. 2 (Pozidrive recessed head ■ screw) copper lug: 2 ■ For 80-100-125A ratings: 6Nm with 4mm Allen - flexible cable up to 35mm 2 wrench (hexagon socket screw) - rigid cable up to 50mm ■ ■ Degree of protection: IP20B Bars: 16x3mm, 15x4mm ■ Lugs with small eyelet hole ■ Extended rotary handle Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with Allen 4mm wrench (M6 screw) ■ Installation: front 3 & 4 pole devices ■ Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V ■ Utilisation: circuit breaker control from outside the enclosure ■ Retains isolation/padlocking in the O position (3 Cable lugs ■ padlocks) Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: ■ 2 ■ IP55 Flexible copper cable: 50mm ■ 2 ■ 3 positions Rigid copper cable: 70mm ■ Door interlocking: opening possible in O position only direct rotary handle Comb busbar ■ Utilisation: for NG125 circuit breaker up to 63A ■ direct supply by circuit breaker terminal (50mm2 Padlocking accessory max. rigid cable) ■ ■ Enables padlocking (in l or O position) of 1P Tooth shield available for unused teeth ■ or 2P NG125 circuit breakers: Length (dividable): 16 modules of 27mm, ■ In l position of 3P or 4P NG125 circuit breakers i.e. 48 modules of 9mm ■ Note: the 3P/4P NG125 circuit breakers are 125A max. upstream factory designed for padlocking in the O position ■ Insulation voltage: 690V (isolated) ■ Uimp: 8kV ■ Padlock: ¯ 5 - 8mm (not supplied) ■ Degree of protection when used with tooth-shield ends: IPXXB

108 NG125 and NG125 Vigi Accessories

Screw shield for circuit breaker Pack of 10 Type Part No. 1P 19084 2P 19085 3P 19086 4P 19087 19087 Terminal shield for circuit breaker Pair Type Part No. 1P 19080 2P 19081 3P 19082 4P 19083 19080 Terminal shield for residual current device (Set of) 63A Type Part No. 2P 19074 3P 19075 3P adjustable 19077 4P 19076 19076 4P adjustable 19078 125A 3P 19077 4P 19078

Rotary handle Type Part No. Direct standard 19092 Extended standard, black 19088 Red handle 19089 yellow background 19088 Note: Not suitable for 1 & 2 pole devices Padlocking accessory Type Part No. Pack of 4 19090

19090 Insulated sub-distribution terminal Type Part No. Pack of 4 19091

19091 Screws and nuts for lug or bar connection Part No. Pack of 4 19093

19093 Cable lugs Type Part No. Pack of 4 19094 Matching terminal for aluminium cable Pack of 4 19095

19094 Comb busbar for NG125 and C120 Type Part No. 1P 14811 2P 14812 3P 14813 4P 14814 14813 Tooth shield end (set of 20) 14818

109 P25M motor protection circuit breaker Ratings: 0.1 - 25A BS EN 60947-2

Installation ■ Symmetrical DIN rail

Technical data ■ Phase failure sensitive ■ Temperature compensation: -200C to +400C in enclosure ■ Current ratings (In): 0.1 - 25A ■ Voltage ratings (Ue): 690Vac ■ Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2

Voltage (V) 230,240 400,415 440 500 690 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics in in in in in in in in in in Rating kA % kA % kA % kA % kA % P25M circuit breaker (A) 0.16 to self protected 1.6 2.5 3 75 4 3 75 6.3 50 100 50 100 3 75 10 15 100 10 100 3 75 14 15 50 8 50 6 75 3 75 18 15 50 8 50 6 75 3 75 23 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 75 3 75 25 50 100 15 40 6 50 4 75 3 75

■ Operating cycles: 100,000 AC3 ■ Positive contact indication in accordance with BS7671 ■ Width: 2.5 SP ways (45mm) ■ Cable capacity: min 2 x 1mm2 rigid, max. 2 x 6mm2 flexible ■ Approvals: CEBEC, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, F1 ■ Accessories: see page 112 ■ Technical data: see page 144 Rating Settings Part No. In (A) 0.16 0.1 - 0.16 21100 0.25 0.16 - 0.25 21101 0.40 0.25 - 0.40 21102 0.63 0.40 - 0.63 21103 1.0 0.63 - 1.0 21104 1.6 1.0 - 1.6 21105 2.5 1.6 - 2.5 21106 4.0 2.5 - 4.0 21107 6.3 4.0 - 6.3 21108 10 6.0 - 10 21109 14 9.0 - 14 21110 18 13 - 18 21111 23 17 - 23 21112 25 20 - 25 21113

Limiter block Width in Rating Part o Increases the breaking capacity to 100kA up to 415V. 18mm (A) N . Individual mounting (upstream) or on the terminal SP ways block part no. 21144 . 2.5 63 21115

■ Connection: tunnel terminal for flexible cable up to 25mm2 ■ Dimensions: see page 175

21115

110 P25M motor protection circuit breaker Auxiliaries

o Auxiliary combination Remote indication: Width in 18mm Part N . SP ways ■ Position: 0.5 Contact position O+F 21117 P ■ O+F contact indicates ON or OFF position of the O+F F+F 0.5 Contact position F+F 21116 2 P25M / / 5 ■ F+F contact double contact for ON position F+F O+F M ■ Position + alarm indicator: with red flag trip indicator: ■ F+SD.O - ON position + OFF fault indication 43 31 43 33 ■ O+SD.O - OFF position + OFF fault indication P ■ F+SD.F - ON position + ON fault indication O+F MX 2 ■ / SD / O+SD.F - OFF position + ON fault indication 5 F+F MN M Technical data Voltage Position (OF) Fault (SD) Ue 44 32 44 34 Vac (A) (A) 21117 21116 24 1.5 48 6 1 Width in 18mm Part No. 130 4.5 0.5 SP ways 240 3.3 0.3 0.5 Position+alarm 415 2.2 contact F+SD.F 21118 440 1.5 0.5 Position+alarm Vdc DC 13 DC 13 contact O+SD.F 21119 24 6 1 0.5 Position+alarm 48 5 0.3 contact F+SD.O 21120 60 3 0.15 0.5 Position+alarm 110 1.3 contact O+SD.O 21121 220 0.5 95 53 95 51 ■ Connection by terminal clamp: 21118 Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2 Max.: flexible cables 2 x 2.5mm2 Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2

96 54 96 52 21120 21121 97 53 97 51

98 54 98 52 21118 21119

Remote tripping Width Voltage Frequency Part No. ■ MX shunt trip release: trips the P25M when 18mm (V) (Hz) energised SP ways ■ MN undervoltage release: trips the P25M when MX shunt trip release the voltage supply drops (between 35% and 75%) 1 220.240 50 21127 and prevents reclosing until the supply voltage is 380.415 50 21128 restored ■ Power consumption of releases: AC DC Width Voltage Frequency Part No. (VA) (W) 18mm (V) (Hz) MX SP ways Pick up 14 10 MN under voltage release Hold 5 1.6 1 220.240 50 21129 MN 380.415 50 21130 Hold 3.5 1.1 ■ 21127 Connection by terminal clamp Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2 Max.: flexible cables up to 2 x 2.5mm2 Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2

111 P25M motor protection circuit breaker Accessories

P25M insulated enclosure (Surface mounting). Can incorporate 1 x P25M with 1 x auxiliary contact and 1 x shunt or UVR release with earth and neutral terminals. ■ Degree of protection: IP55 ■ Double insulation ■ Sealable cover ■ Indicator lamp can be installed on the front to indicate the ON or OFF position ■ 4 knock outs for cable gland ¯ 16mm ■ Dimensions: see page 175 Part No. Enclosure 21133

Neon indicator light 220 - 240V green 21140 red 21142 21133 Neon indicator light 380 - 440V green 21141 red 21143

Comb busbars P25M 3 Poles 63A Power supply for several P25M up to 63A. Comb busbar versions 2 or 4 outlets and the possibility of combining comb busbar. Auxiliary contacts can be installed between the P25Ms. Comb busbar Part No. For 2 P25M units 21145 For 4 P25M units 21146

21146 21145

Terminal block For supply of busbars with cables up to 25mm2 (can be installed with limiter block). Part No. End cover (pack of 5) 21148 Terminal block 21144

21144

Insulated connector To supply comb busbars or P25M directly with cables up to 25mm2. Part No. Insulated connector 21147

21147

112 Connection systems Section five

Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies 114

Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc 116

Comb busbars 117

Terminals and installation accessories 118 - 119

113 Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies PS type single phase PS type three phase Application for PS type single phase and neutral (No neutral switching facility) All pan assemblies incorporate the unique Isobar MCB way disconnector feature, which offers the user the highest levels of safety through electrical isolation of unused ways. The SN range of pan assemblies is designed to suit single pole applications, where switching and protection of the neutral is unnecessary. Each pan assembly is comprised of a flat steel base incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly with neutral and earth terminal bars. They can be easily incorporated into custom built enclosure systems. Technical data for PS pan assemblies ■ Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 ■ Busbar rating: 125A ■ Operating Voltage: 230/240V also suitable for 110Vac operation ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Incomers: As A type distribution boards, see page 00 Note: All Merlin Gerin 2 pole RCDs are available for use as incomers to PS MGAN6PS pan assemblies. ■ Outgoers: SP C60H MCBs, SP C60H RCBO, C60H MCB & vigi combination

SP ways Part No. 6 MGAN6PS 9 MGAN9PS 12 MGAN12PS 15 MGAN15PS

Application for PS pan assemblies (No neutral switching facility) The PS range of three phase pan assemblies is designed to suit applications where switching and protection of the neutral is deemed unnecessary. Each pan assembly is fully insulated incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly. They can be easily and quickly incorporated into custom built enclosure systems. PS pan assemblies are designed for use with SP and TP C60H MCB, and are also suitable for two pole two phase equipment. Technical data ■ Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 ■ Busbar rating: 250A ■ Operating Voltage: 400/415V ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Incomers: MGI1253, MGNPB250TB, PS pan assemblies can utilise Multi 9, 3 or 4 pole devices as incomers - additional shroud must be used - ref. 80011 ■ Outgoers: SP C60H MCB, SP C60H RCBO TP C60H MCB SP C60H MCB and Vigi combination TP C60H MCB and Vigi combination

MGBN8PS TP ways Part No. 4 MGBN4PS 6 MGBN6PS 8 MGBN8PS 12 MGBN12PS 16 MGBN16PS 18 MGBN18PS 24 MGBN24PS

114 Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies Type E

Application This range of pan assemblies is designed for use with Merlin Gerin’s high quality Prisma range of enclosures or custom built steelwork. Each pan assembly includes all components necessary for final distribution and protection of circuits, i.e. steel fixing plate, DIN rail busbar assembly, incoming connections, neutral and earth bars distributed neutral busbar for switched neutral applications. The Prisma functional system enables the construction of a full range of distribution equipment products from wall mounted enclosures to IP55 floor mounted switch boards having busbar systems up to 3200A. Functional system Prisma G, GX for wall mounted enclosures and functional system Prisma P for floor standing enclosures publication ref. MGD 5064 Technical data ■ Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 ■ Busbar rating: 250A ■ Operating Voltage: 400/415V ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Incomers: ■ Switch disconnectors: 3 pole 125A MGI1253N MGBN8E 4 pole 125A MGI1254 ■ Terminal block: 125A MGTB1254 250A MGNPB250TB ■ RCDs: 16261, 23213, 23227 for details see page 74 ■ For MCCBs and switch disconnectors up to 250A use connection kit MSIS95AN ■ Outgoers: 1, 2, 3 or 4P C60H MCBs, C60H RCBO, C60 MCB and Vigi combinations Note: All 4 pole RMG RCDs can be used as incomers. Other incoming devices may be used by separately mounting them into the Prisma cubicle. To install in prisma G use sp or kit MGBNSPA

TP ways Front cover Part No. Part No. coloured black sliders sliders 4-MGBN4E MGBN4EV 6 07795P MGBN6E MGBN6EV 8 07796P MGBN8E MGBN8EV 12 07797P MGBN12E MGBN12EV 16 07798P MGBN16E MGBN16EV 18 - MGBN18E MGBN18EV 24 07799P MGBN24E MGBN24EV

MGBN8EV

MGI1254

NKIT

115 Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc

Application A fast , reliable and maintenance free method of connecting outgoing circuits. Each connection is made in a spring front accessed connection rated at 40A. Contact pressure of the spring is automatically adjusted to suit the cross sections of the conductor.

Technical details Type Part No. ■ Voltage rating: 440V 2P Phase and Neutral 04012 ■ Current rating: 200A at 40¡C 3P 04013 ■ Incoming connection: direct by cable lugs, 4P 3 Phase and Neutral 04014 PD390661 connectors or flexible bars ■ Outgoing connection: Symmetrical DIN rail L = 2000 Part No. ■ Provides reliable, maintenance free electrical ■ th = 2.3; h = 15 06603 connecting independent of heat variations ■ Rapid connection and reconnection after Asymetrical rail L = 2000 Part No. modification ■ th = 1.5; h = 15 06602 ■ Automatic spring connections ■ 12 connection points for each phase and 18/or neutral ■ Cable capacity 10mm2 max (supplied with 24 connections), ■ 52A max. current rating per connection ■ Fixing: ■ On Multifix rails (fixing brackets included) ■ By screws on all standard supports

Multifix DIN rail (Merlin Gerin patent). Multifix (length 470mm) ■ Rail only, drilled on each end 03004 ■ With two fixed height mounting brackets 03001 ■ With two adjustable height mounting brackets 03002

Polybloc 250A A distribution block patented by Merlin Gerin for ‘wire to wire’ connections, it consists of: ■ 2 2 Outgoing 6 x 10mm and 3 x 16mm cables per Part No. phase Polybloc 3P 04033 Polybloc 4P 04034

PD390549

Short circuit withstand current This table indicates the short circuit withstand current (in kA rms) for various combinations of upstream and downstream devices on a 380/415V installation.

Downstream device Short circuit withstand current (in kA rms), depending on upstream device C120 NG125 NS100 NS160 NS250

N H N H L N H L N H L C60H (10kA) - 25 36 25 30 30 25 30 30 25 30 30 C120 (15kA) - 25 25 25 40 40 ------Other devices (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) Check that the peak short circuit current, limited by the downstream device, is lower than 12kA. Check that the thermal stress delivered by the downstream device does not exceed the permissible thermal stress of the 6mm cable (4.76 x 105 A2s).

116 Comb busbars, connectors and assembled terminals

Application for Comb busbar C60H When fed by a single cable per phase the busbar is rated 100A at 40¡C. If two connections (i.e. two cables) are used per phase the rating is increased to 120A. Short circuit rating compatible with the breaking capacity of the MCBs fitted. Short time ratings: 10kA for 30ms, 1800A for 1 second. Suitable for use with all Merlin Gerin MCBs with 18mm width poles (C60HB/HC/HD).

Technical data Type suitable for C60H and STI Part No. Rated operational voltage 500V. Complies with 1P 1 row of 12 - 1P MCBs (12) 14881 14881 BS EN 60439-1 1 row of 54 - 1P MCBs (54) 14801 ■ Fully insulated for protection against direct 2 row of 24 - 1P MCBs (24) 14891 contact 2P 1 row of 6 - 2P MCBs (6) 14882 ■ Supplied with insulated end covers 1 row of 27 - 2P MCBs (27) 14802 ■ Main connection: 16mm2 direct 25mm2 via 2 row of 12 - 2P MCBs (24) 14892 3P 1 row of 4 - 3P MCBs (4) 14883 connectors part no. 14885 1 row of 18 - 3P MCBs (18) 14803 2 row of 8 - 3P MCBs (16) 14893 4P 1 row of 3 - 4P MCBs (3) 14884 1 row of 13 - 4P MCBs (13) 14804 2 row of 6 - 4P MCBs (12) 14894 Cable connectors - pack of 4 14885

Type suitable for DPN Part No. 1P+N 1 row of 13 MCBs 14880 2 row of 12 - 24 MCBs 14890

Type suitable for C120 NG125 Part No. 1P 16 MCBs 14811 2P 8 MCBs 14812 3P 5 MCBs 14813 4P 4 MCBs 14814 Set of 20 boots for unused teeth 14818

Accessories Part No. Set of 40 ends caps for 1P and 2P combs 14886 for 3P and 4P combs 14887 Set of 40 boots for unused teeth 14888

Stepped terminals 125/140A (40¡C) Terminals with holes 125A Installation Isc (kA rms) 415V Part No. ■ Clipping on to Multifix or symmetrical rails 4 x 10 holes 3.5kA/1s 13512 ■ Screwing on to plain or slotted plates, Multifix rails (5 x 10 mm2) + or asymmetrical rails (4 x 16 mm2) + (1 x 35 mm2) 4 x 17holes 3.5kA/1s 13514 (8 x 10 mm2) + (8 x 16 mm2) + 13514 (1 x 35 mm2) Terminals with clamps 10kA/1s 14949 140A 4 x 12 holes (12 clamps 6 mm2)

Distribloc 125 and 160A Type Part No. 4 pole distribution block comprising: Distribloc 125 07105 ■ A fully insulated, one piece distribution system Distribloc 160 07106 2 complying with IPXXB (protection against direct 35mm x 210 07054 4 flexible connections contact) ■ A modular cover designed for a 45mm panel slot Cable capacity 2 for integration in a row of DIN rail mounted Distribloc 125 Incoming 6 - 35mm flexible 2 modular products or 10 - 35mm rigid cables Technical data Distribloc 160 Incoming Flexible cable 07105 links fitted to ■ Ui = 690V, Icw = 4.5kA/1s to IEC947-7-1 device ■ Peak withstand current: Ipk = 20kA to IEC439-1 Distribloc 125 & 160 Outgoing Per pole: ■ Rated impulse withstand voltage: Uimp = 8kV 2 x 10mm2 3 x 6mm2 7 x 4mm2 1 x 25mm2 (16mm2 multicore)

117 Terminals and installation accessories

Terminal blocks Type Part No. 1P (2 x 25mm2 + 4 x 16mm2) 14936 For fixing to symmetrical DIN rails. 1P and 2P blocks 1P (2 x 35mm2 + 4 x 25mm2) 14938 can be fitted together to form 3P and 4P blocks. 2P (2 x 25mm2 + 4 x 16mm2) 14937 2P (2 x 35mm2 + 4 x 25mm2) 14939 Technical data ■ Current rating: 80A

Terminal blocks

Connection strips 80 - 125A (40¡C) 80A connection strip Part No. 4 holes 14962 Cross section for stranded cables. (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2) Each strip has one M4 threaded hole for screw length 32mm attachment to any support. 6 holes 14963 (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 ) length 50mm 10 holes 14964 2 2 2 Connection strips (5 x 10mm + 4 x 16mm + 1 x 35mm ) length 74mm

125A connection strip 14 holes 14965 (7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16 mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) length 98mm

Terminal block supports Cross section for stranded cables Part No. 80A terminal block Terminal block support made of self extinguishing 4 holes 14975 insulating material: 960¡C/5s. Beige in colour. (2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2) Each support can be individually identified using length 68mm clip-on markers (optional): 6 holes 14976 ■ Blue for neutral (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2) ■ Yellow/green for earth length 68mm Terminal block supports Fixing: 10 holes 14977 2 2 2 ■ Clipped on to: (5 x 10mm + 4 x 16mm + 1 x 35mm ) ■ 12 x 2 flat bar length 115mm ■ Multifix or symmetrical rail 125A terminal block ■ Screwed on to any support (plain or slotted plate) 14 holes 14979 using 2 ears (7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35 mm2) length 115mm

Identification card Type Part No. The markers can be used to identify terminal blocks: 2 x 50 identification card 14989 neutral or earth. (50 blue mark, 50 yellow/green mark) Flat bar 12 x 2 07046

14989

Terminal bar for earth/neutral Type Part No. connections For panel mounting 1 x 20 holes, length 183mm ■ For panel mounting (19 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 99217 ■ Including support 1 x 25 holes, length 222mm ■ Current rating 200A (24 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 99219 1 x 38 holes, length 332mm (37 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 99221 Terminal bars 1 x 49 holes, length 419mm (48 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 99223 1 x 73 holes, length 624mm (72 x 16+1 x 1202 ) 99225

118 Terminals and installation accessories

End stop Type Part No. End stop (pack of 10) 14915 For symmetrical/asymmetrical DIN rail.

14915

Universal terminal support Type Part No. Universal terminal support 6619 This unit can be installed on: (pack of 5) ■ Symmetrical DIN rail ■ Slotted mounting plate ■ Asymmetrical DIN raiI width: 3 modules of 9mm

06619

Flush mounting clamp Type Part No. Flush mounting clamp (pack of 4) 20267 Allows the installation of all DlN standard devices on an enclosure door. The depth is adjustable by turning the bracket round. DIN rail not included.

20267

Transparent hinged weatherproof covers Type Part No. for enclosure doors - IP55 Transparent hinged cover (10 x 18mm ways) 14210 Allows the installation of DlN standard devices up to 10 DIN rail support 14211 SP ways (twenty 9mm modules) on an enclosure door. (and fixing) Degree of protection IP55. Transparent hinged cover ■ External dimensions (mm): (4 x 18mm ways) 99246A w 235 x h 126 x d 33 Transparent hinged cover ■ Dimensions of the hole on the door (mm): complete with DIN support bracket w 186 x h 96 (4 x 18mm ways) 99246B Supplied with a blanking plate (to cover up to ten 9mm modules) and fixing and drilling template. 99246B

Card strip holder Type Part No. Card strip holder 07360 Self adhesive plastic holder for card label strip. Pack of 10 holders and 10 card strips 430mm/479mm modules wide, 20mm high. Supplied with card strip and transparent cover strip.

07360

119 Enclosures Features and benefits

Merlin Gerin’s range of enclosures has been designed to cater for a wide range of applications, suitable for the mounting of DIN rail components such as timers, relays, contactors, MCBs etc.

Whether the enclosure is for indoors or outdoors use, in a clean or dirty environment, in metal or insulated material, with a plain or transparent door, Merlin Gerin has an enclosure to suit.

Page 132 - 133 features a quick selection table, designed to guide you through the product range to select the most suitable enclosure.

High levels of safety

■ Tamperproof facility via a lockable option (where applicable) ■ Transparent door option (where applicable) enables quick identification of status and settings, useful for MCBs and timers etc

Performance and quality

■ Ingress protection ratings available from IP30 through to IP66 ■ Insulated or metal enclosures suitable for the mounting of DIN rail devices, ranging from 2 up to 240 SP ways ■ Enclosures supplied complete with accessories (see relevant product information for further details)

Product innovation

■ Design flexibility of modular or custom chassis enables the user to tailor internal fittings to the application ■ Aesthetically pleasing

120 Enclosures Section six

Mini Opale IP30 124

G9 IP30 124

A-series IP30 124

B-series IP31 125

Pragma C IP40 126

Pragma metal IP41 127

UT weatherproof IP54 128

Prisma GK IP55 129

Pragma C weatherproof IP55 130

Kaedra weatherproof IP65 131

UP weatherproof IP66 132

121 Enclosures Selection guide

Step 1: Select the number of SP ways required Step 2: Select either insulated or metal,

Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways

Insulated Page 234568111214

Mini Opale 124 1 1 1 1 IP30 Row Row Row Row

Pragma C 126 IP40 1 Row

Weatherproof 130 Pragma C 1 Row IP55 Weatherproof 131 1 1 1 Kaedra 1 1 Row Row Row Row Row IP65

Weatherproof 132 UP (GRP) IP66

Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways

Metal Page 2 34568111214

G9 124 IP30 1 1 1 Row Row Row

A-Series enclosure 124 IP30 1 1 1 Row Row Row

B-Series enclosure 125 IP31

Pragma 127 IP30/41

Weatherproof UT 128 IP54

Prisma GK 129 IP55

122 Enclosures Selection guide

Step 3: Select IP rating required, Step 4: Refer to the product page for more details.

17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240

2 3 4 Rows Rows Rows

3 4 4 6 2 Rows Rows Rows Rows Rows

17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240

1 2 Row Row

2 3 4 5 Row Row Row Row

1 2 3 4 5 6 Row Row Row Row Row Row

2 3 4 4 6 Row Row Row Row Row

2 3 4 5 6 Row Row Row Row Row

123 Enclosures IP30

Mini Opale enclosures (IP30) Mini Opale enclosures are all insulated and made of an impact resistant material which is self extinguishing to 6500C. Degree of protection: IP30 They consist of: SP Size (mm) Part No. ■ An insulated back plate incorporating a DlN rail 18mm H - W - D ■ A cover clipped to the back plate ways ■ Two 4 hole terminal bars built in, 13396 and 13398 2 130 x 44 x 57 13392 13396 only. (1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2) 4 130 x 80 x 57 13394 6 160 x 119 x 65 13396 Installation 8 160 x 155 x 65 13398 ■ Wall mounting, 2 or 4 screws supplied. Suitable for most DlN standard devices ■ Dimensions: see page 189

G9 enclosures (IP30) These enclosures are made from pressed sheet steel, epoxy powder coated. Colour: moonstone beige. Degree of protection: IP30. They consist of: SP Size (mm) Part No. ■ A back plate with DlN raiI 18mm H - W - D ■ A cover, screwed to the back plate, having 25mm ways knockouts top and bottom 3 200 x 101 x 63 99560 4 250 x 122.5 x 63 14599 Installation 5 250 x 122.5 x 63 14603 ■ Wall mounting Suitable for most DlN standard devices ■ Dimensions: see page 189

A-series enclosures (IP30) These enclosures are made from folded steel sheet, epoxy powder coated. Colour: RAL 9001. Degree of protection: IP30.

They consist of: SP No. of Size (mm) Part No. ■ An enclosure having a back plate with DlN rail 18mm holes H - W - D 25mm knockouts in top, bottom, sides and rear of ways enclosure built-in earth terminal bar: 8 9 264 x 260 x 127 MGN16DE MGN16DE 11 12 264 x 315 x 127 MGN22DE ■ A cover having a drop down door with plastic latch. 14 18 264 x 370 x 127 MGN28DE To lock enclosure use easily fitted key lock MGBL 17 24 264 x 450 x 127 MGN34DE 28 36 494 x 370 x 127 MGN56DE* Installation ■ Wall mounting Suitable for most DlN standard devices * Two tier ■ Dimensions: see page 164 Accessories Key lock MGBL

124 Enclosures B-series IP31

Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached to the side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK. For mounting above and below a standard B board use ref MGBNTJKN.

Specification ■ Ingress protection: IP31 to BS EN 60529 ■ Earth bar capacity: 25mm2 MGBN8SXP ■ Surface mounting ■ Colour: RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated

Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158 MGBN8SXS

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158 MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158 MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158 MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158 MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158 MGBN8SXP Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: see page 169

125 Enclosures Pragma C IP40

Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. ■ Colour: ivory (RAL9001)

Available with either a plain or transparent door, these enclosures are supplied complete with the following: ■ 2 angled terminal block supports 10901 ■ 1 earth terminal block without cover: ■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) ■ 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) ■ 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) ■ 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: ■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) ■ 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) ■ 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal 10912 bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) ■ Identification labels and pictograms ■ 5 module dividable blanking plates: ■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 ■ 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 ■ 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

Supplied with plain door Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 10901 12 1 250 275 115 10903 10902 24 2 375 275 115 10903 36 3 500 275 115 10904 48 4 752 275 115

Supplied with transparent door Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 10911 12 1 250 275 115 10912 24 2 375 275 115 10913 36 3 500 275 115 10914 48 4 752 275 115 Suitable for most DIN standard devices 10914 Additional accessories Description Part No. 80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575 80A terminal block, 8 holes 13576 80A terminal block, 16 holes 13577 80A terminal block, 22 holes 13578 80A terminal block, 32 holes 13579

IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582 IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13583 IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584 IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13585 IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586 IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13587

Angled terminal block support 13600 Key lock 13665 Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181

Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 191

126 Enclosures Pragma metal IP41

Application These enclosures are manufactured from sheet metal 8/10 epoxy/polyester powder coated. They are supplied complete with DIN mounting rails and insulated front plates. Degree of protection is IP30 with front plates, IP41 with overall door. They consist of: ■ A back plate which supports a removable DlN rail chassis which is also insulated from the back plate ■ Removable top and bottom insulated gland plates 13811 + 13841 (metal plates are an option) ■ Metal side panels which are insulated from the Installation back plate ■ Wall mounted with internal fixing and location ■ Insulated front plates, one for each row of DlN rail brackets ■ Earth and neutral terminal bars, each 30 holes ■ Way label for each row, with blanking plates Compact NS/Interpact incomers (8 poles for 1, 2, 3 rows - 16 poles for 4, 5, 6 ■ Purpose designed mounting plates and front rows) plates to accept Compact NS or Interpact up to ■ Optional plain door or glazed door which may be 160A hinged left or right ■ Each Interpact front plate occupies the space of 2 MCB front plates ■ Each Compact NS occupies the space of 1 MCB Enclosure o o o front plate N . of Capacity Part N . Part N . door rows in 18mm enclosure plain glazed Terminals SP ways 124 13811 13841 13851 ■ A range of terminals and connections to ease 248 13812 13842 13852 installation 372 13813 13843 13853 496 13814 13844 13854 Accessories 5 120 13815 13845 13855 ■ A range of accessories to extend the applications 6 144 13816 13846 13856 for Pragma enclosures Suitable for most DlN standard devices

Description Part No. Interpact IN125T - IN160T Dimensions ■ mounting plate and front plate 13861 All Pragma enclosures are 550mm wide, Compact NS / VIGI NS 100 / 160 depth 170mm, with front plates 182mm with mounting plate and front plate 13863 overall door 160A connection blocks (fits onto incoming units) 13875 Earth/neutral terminal blocks Height mm (2 x 30 hole)* 13876 1 row 300 Connections to install POLYBLOC 2 row 450 on incoming unit 13866 3 row 600 Plain front plate (1 row) 13871 4 row 750 Slotted mounting plate (H 150mm) 13864 5 row 900 Blanking plate 24 pole 13430 6 row 1050 Label strip 24 pole 13879 Door lock key No. 405 13877 Touch up paint RAL 9001 13880 Pack of blanking strip 5 pole 13429 Metal gland plate PRGPM * 13876 complete with insulated holders, insulated cover each bar has 1 x 35mm, 15 x 16mm, 14 x 10mm holes.

127 Enclosures UT weatherproof IP54

Application There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or chassis. Both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical rails fitted to the back of the enclosure, the DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT and UP enclosures) comprise a supporting structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in Weatherproof enclosure identification. ■ UT weatherproof enclosures: All welded construction, manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel, epoxy/polyester powder coated ■ Colour: RAL 7032 grey ■ Degree of protection: IP54 to IEC 529. Wall fixing by internal or external fixings. The door is removable and is sealed using a moulded polyurethane gasket. A bottom gland plate is fitted, fully gasketed and removable from the outside Enclosures Internal fittings Enclosure size (mm) UT range Mounting plates Custom chassis Modular chassis Height Width DepthWith Plain Perforated 4 Multifix Vertical Rows of Chassis plain rails uprights 18mm complete door SP ways 300 250 150 04583 09231 09211 400 300 200 04584 09234 09214 09263 09251 2 x 12 02524 500 400 200 04585 09238 09218 09264 09252 3 x 16 02525 600 400 200 04586 09239 09219 09264 09253 3 x 16 02526 700 500 200 04587 09240 09220 09265 09254 4 x 22 02527 800 600 250 04588 09244 09224 09266 09255 4 x 28 02528 1000 800 250 04590 09248 09228 09268 09257 6 x 36 02530

Accessories Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 04629 Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 05196 Earth connection 6mm2 for door 07081 RAL7032 aerosol paint spray 02499 Blanking plate for Multi 9 front plate 13730 Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for custom chassis and mounting plates 05224 Set of 4 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917 20 cage nuts for M4 05114 perforated mounting plate M5 05115 M6 05116

■ Dimensions: see page 192

128 Enclosures Prisma GK IP55

Application Heavy Duty enclosure suitable for use in harsh environments. Ideal for use in Industrial & Commercial buildings these enclosures offer the following: ■ Functionality (ease & simplicity of product selection) ■ Sealed from the effects of water and dust to IP55 ■ Extendible (enclosures can be joined or extended by the use of joining kits) ■ Robust (high resistance to impacts & mechanical damage)

These enclosures are wall mountable, up to 23x50mm Prisma modules, or floor 05503 + 05543 standing for 27 and 33x50mm Prisma modules using a plinth. They are available with either a plain or transparent door and can be used to house devices up to 630A with standard connections.

■ Colour: RAL 9001. For other colours consult Merlin Gerin. ■ Degree of protection: IP55 Part No’s. Enclosure Plain door Transparent door Enclosure (7 mod.), H450 x W600 05502 05532 05542 Enclosure (11 mod.), H650 x W600 05503 05533 05543 Enclosure (15 mod.), H850 x W600 05504 05534 05544 Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 05505 05535 05545 Enclosure (23 mod.), H1250 x W600 05506 05536 05546 Enclosure (27 mod.), H1450 x W600 05507 05537 05547 Enclosure (33 mod.), H1750 x W600 05508 05538 05548

Description Part No. Canopy for W600 - for extra protection against water or objects falling vertically 05557 Prisma GK handle - spare handle with barrel lock and two keys 05580 For further information and a comprehensive list of the full GK range see the Prisma G Catalogue. For information on joining/extending enclosures consult us.

Ordering guide ■ Select the number of device mounting rails (Multifix rails) required for mounting Multi 9 devices: (24 x 18mm SP ways)

Rail Front Plate (with cutouts) 1 row occupies 4 vertical modules (200mm). 07501 07814

■ Select the number of Mulifix rails required for mounting terminal blocks:

Rail Front Plate 1 row occupies 3 vertical modules (150mm). 07502 07813 Add the number of vertical modules required for the installed equipment using the above guidelines and subtract this number from the number of modules provided in the selected enclosure. This will give you the plain front plate requirements for the unused modules in the enclosure. Use the following table to order plain front plates: for B type pan assemblies see page xx Plain Flat Front Plate Height Mods. Part No. 50mm 1 7801 100mm 2 7802 150mm 3 7803 200mm 4 7804 250mm 5 7805 300mm 6 7806

Example Modules 3 x 7501 Rows for Multi 9 devices, 72 x 18mm SP Ways 12 3 x 7814 3 Front Plates with cut outs for Multi 9 devices 2 x 7502 2 Rows for Terminal Blocks 6 2 x 7803 2 Front Plates

05505 Basic Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 19 05535 Plain door for 19 mod enclosure Total space remaining within the enclosure 1

Therefore the Filler Plates required would be: 1 x 7801 1 x 1 mod (50mm) Plain Front Plate ■ Dimensions: see page 193

129 Enclosures Pragma C weatherproof IP55

Application These enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering.

Suitable for use in harsh environments they can be used indoors or outdoors. ■ Colour: light grey (RAL 7035) 10941 These enclosures are supplied complete with the following: ■ 2 angled terminal block supports ■ 1 earth terminal block without cover: ■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) ■ 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) ■ 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) ■ 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: ■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) ■ 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) ■ 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) ■ Identification labels and pictograms ■ 5 module dividable blanking plates: ■ 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 ■ 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 ■ 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

Supplied with transparent door Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 10941 12 1 279 285 127.5 10942 24 2 404 285 127.5 10943 36 3 529 285 127.5 10944 48 4 654 285 127.5 Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Additional accessories Description Part No. 80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575 80A terminal block, 8 holes 13576 80A terminal block, 16 holes 13577 80A terminal block, 22 holes 13578 80A terminal block, 32 holes 13579

Angled terminal block support 13600 Key lock IP55 Pragma C 13625 Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181

Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 194

130 Enclosures Kaedra weatherproof enclosure IP65

Application Kaedra enclosures are manufactured using an insulating, self extinguishing material. Suitable for commercial, industrial and domestic applications, for installation indoors and outdoors in harsh environments, ie marinas. ■ Degree of protection: IP65 ■ Colour: light grey (RAL 7035)

These enclosures are supplied complete with the 13441 following: ■ 1 built in dividable blanking plate ■ 1 marker strip ■ 4 sealing plugs for wall mounting screws (essential for class 2) ■ 1 angled terminal block support to simplify cable insertion and improve accessibility on clamping ■ 1 terminal block fitted with a guide to simplify cable introduction in the tunnels: ■ 13441 - 13443, two terminals of 4 holes ■ 13444 two terminals of 8 holes

Supplied with transparent door Part No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm in 18mm rows Height Width Depth SP ways 13441 4 1 200 123 112 13442 6 1 200 159 112 13443 8 1 200 195 112 13444 12 1 200 267 112 Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Additional accessories Description Part No. 80A terminal block, 4 holes 13575 80A terminal block, 8 holes 13576 80A terminal block, 16 holes 13577 80A terminal block 22 holes 13578

Angled terminal block supports 4 way enclosure 13361 Angled terminal block supports 6 way enclosure 13362 Angled terminal block supports 8 way enclosure 13363 Angled terminal block supports 12 way enclosure 13364

IP2X terminal cover green 4 hole 13581 8 hole 13582 16/32 hole 13583 IP2X terminal cover blue 4 hole 13589 8 hole 13586 16/32 hole 13587

Lock 13948 Sealing kit 13947 Bag of membrane glands (cable support sleeves) various sizes 14190

Installation ■ Wall mounting ■ Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 190

131 Enclosures Poylester UP weatherproof IP66

Application Weatherproof, maintenance free enclosures manufactured from high impact glass reinforced polyester material self extinguishing to 9800C and having excellent resistance to corrosion. Degree of protection IP66 to IEC 529. Wall mounting, door hinged left or right with internal wall fixings supplied as standard.

There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates or Weatherproof enclosure chassis, both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassis allow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 vertical rails fitted to the back of the enclosure. The DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT enclosures) comprise a supporting structure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built in identification and a 12 x 2 flat bar with earthing terminal block.

Enclosures Internal fittings Enclosure size (mm) UP range Mounting plates Custom chassis Modular chassis Height Width DepthWith With Variable Plain Perforated 4 Multifix Vertical Rows of Chassis plain glazed depth rails uprights 18mm complete door door sliders modules 430 330 200 02504 02514 02554 09234 09214 09263 09251 2 x 12 02524 530 430 200 02505 02515 02554 02238 09218 09264 09252 3 x 16 02525 650 440 250 20506 02516 02556 09239 09219 09264 09253 3 x 16 02526 750 540 300 02507 02517 02557 09240 09220 09265 09254 4 x 22 02527 850 640 300 02508 02518 02557 09244 09224 09266 09255 4 x 28 02528 1055 850 350 02510 02520 02560 09248 09228 09268 09257 6 x 40 02530

Accessories Part No. Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 02521 Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 not for 02510 and 02520 09955 Blanking plate for multi 9 front plate 13730 Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for custom chassis and mounting plates 05224 Set 8 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917 20 cage nuts for perforated mounting plate M4 05114 M5 05115 M6 05116

132 Technical data Section seven

Breaking capacities 134

Tripping characteristics 135

Temperature derating 136

Grouping factors 135 - 136

MCB on lighting loads 137

MCB auxiliaries 138 - 139

DC operation 140

400Hz operation 141

Motor starters 142

Transformer inrush 143

P25M motor protection 144

Types of RCD 145

Degrees of protection 146

Surge arrester selection 147 - 149

Contactor rating 150 - 151

Impulse relay selection 153

MIN and PRE timings 154

Movement detector 155 - 156

Presence detector 157 - 158

Multimeter connection 159

Current transformer selection 161

133 Miniature circuit breakers Breaking capacities Tripping characteristics

Miniature circuit breaker BS EN 60898** BS EN 60947-2* (magnetic trip setting) Breaking capacity (A) Breaking capacity (A) 1 P 2,3,4P 1 P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P Type Ratings (A) Page 240V 415V 220V/240V 220V/240V 380V/415V 440V C60HB MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 (type B: 3 - 5In) C60HC MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 (type C: 5 - 10In C60HD MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 (type D: 10 - 14In) C120 HB MCB 10A - 125A 17 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 C120 HC MCB 10A - 125A 18 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 C120 HD MCB 10A - 125A 19 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000 NG125 N 10A - 125A 35 - - 25,000 50,000 25,000 20,000 NG125 H 10A - 80A 38 - - 36,000 70,000 36,000 30,000

* Breaking capacities quoted are Icu. Ics = 50% of Icu. Note: For UL/CSA approved MCBs consult us. ** Breaking capacities quoted are Icn. Ics = 75% of Icn. Maximum operating voltage 440V + 10%

Magnetic tripping characteristics (50/60Hz)

BS EN 60898 I EC947-2 Type In min. In max. Type In min. In max. Typical applications B 3 5 U 5.5 8.8 Moderately inductive, e.g. commercial and general industrial C 5 10 C 5 10 Highly inductive, e.g. heavy industrial D 10 14 D 10 14 More highly inductive, e.g transformers, motors and certain lighting systems

Note: BS EN 60898 calibration temperature 30¡C BS EN 60947-2 calibration temperature 40¡C

134 Miniature circuit breakers Temperature derating/grouping factors

Temperature derating of MCBs ■ Grouping Miniature circuit beakers listed in the service current tables may be used at temperatures ranging from -30ûC - factors 60ûC. The tables show the maximum current to be employed as a function of certain ambient temperatures. Figures in bold type are the nominal current ratings at the calibration temperature. C60HB C60HC 0.8 Derating of MCBs grouped in enclosed installations. C60HD } When a number of circuit breakers or combined RCD/MCBs that operate simultaneously are mounted side by side in a small enclosure, the temperature rise inside the enclosure may cause a reduction in the service current. The reduction can be calculated by multiplying the maximum service current by a 'grouping factor'.

C60H B and C curves Temperature ¡C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 1.05 1.02 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.88 0.85 2 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.92 1.88 1.84 1.80 1.74 4 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 8.76 3.64 3.52 5.40 5.30 6 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.64 5.52 5.40 5.30 10 10.6 10.3 10.0 9.70 9.30 9.00 8.60 8.20 7.80 16 16.8 16.5 16.0 15.5 15.2 14.7 14.2 13.8 13.3 20 21.0 20.6 20.0 19.4 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.4 16.8 25 26.2 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.7 32 33.5 32.9 32.0 31.4 30.4 29.8 28.4 28.2 27.5 40 42.0 41.2 40.0 38.8 38.0 36.8 35.6 34.4 33.2 50 52.5 51.5 50.0 48.5 47.4 45.5 44.0 42.5 40.5 63 66.2 64.9 63.0 61.1 58.0 56.7 54.2 51.7 49.2

C60H D curve Temperature ¡C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 1.10 1.08 1.05 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.92 0.89 2 2.18 2.14 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.90 1.86 1.80 4 4.52 4.40 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 3.72 3.56 3.44 6 6.48 6.36 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.58 5.46 10 11.4 11.1 10.7 10.4 10.0 9.60 9.20 8.80 8.40 16 17.9 17.4 16.9 16.4 16.0 15.5 15.0 14.4 13.9 20 22.2 21.6 21.2 20.6 20.0 19.4 18.8 18.2 17.6 25 27.7 27.0 26.5 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.5 22.7 21.7 32 35.2 34.2 33.6 32.9 32.0 31.0 30.4 29.4 28.4 40 44.4 43.6 42.4 41.2 40.0 38.8 37.6 36.4 34.8 50 56.0 54.5 53.0 51.5 50.0 48.5 46.5 45.0 43.0 63 71.8 69.9 67.4 65.5 63.0 60.4 57.9 55.4 52.9

DPN, DPN N Temperature ¡C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 1 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.89 0.86 2 2.08 2.04 2 1.96 1.91 1.87 1.82 1.77 1.72 6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.16 10 10.5 10.3 10 9.73 9.45 9.17 8.87 8.57 8.25 16 16.7 16.4 16 15.6 16.2 14.8 14.4 14 13.5 20 20.9 20.4 20 19.5 19 18.7 18 17.5 17 25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.8 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.4 32 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.3 29.4 28.5 27.6 26.7 40 42 41 40 39 37.9 36.8 35.7 34.6 33.4

135 Miniature circuit breakers Temperature derating/grouping factors

DPN Vigi, DPN N Vigi, (30 and 300mA) Temperature ¡C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 6 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.16 10 10.5 10.2 10 9.75 9.49 9.23 8.96 8.67 8.38 16 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 16.2¤ 14.8 14.3 14.9 13.4 20 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 17.9 17.4 16.8 25 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.9 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.4 32 33.4 32.7 32 31.2 30.5 29.7 28.9 28 27.1 40 41.6 41.8 40 38.2 38.3 37.4 36.5 35.6 34.6

NG125 Temperature ¡C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 10 11 10.75 10.5 10.25 10 9.75 9.5 9.25 9 16 17.6 17.2 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.4 20 22 21.5 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 18 25 27.5 26.87 26.25 25.62 25 24.37 23.75 23.12 22.5 32 35.2 34.4 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.4 29.6 28.8 40 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 50 55 53.75 52.5 51.25 50 48.75 47.5 46.25 45 63 69.3 67.72 66.15 64.57 63 61.42 59.85 58.27 56.7 80 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 100 110 107.5 105 102.5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90 125 137.5 134.3 131.2 128.1 125 121.8 118.7 121.8 112.5

C120H Temperature ¡C Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 10 10.7 10.4 10 9.4 9.2 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.8 16 17.1 16.6 16 15 14.7 14 13.4 13 12.6 20 21.3 20.7 20 18.7 18.3 17.5 16.7 16 15.5 25 27.1 26 25 23.8 22.7 21.2 20.2 19.6 19 32 34.7 33.3 32 30.5 29 27.1 25.8 25 24.2 40 43 41.5 40 38 36 34 32 31 30 50 53.9 51.9 50 47.8 45.7 43.3 41 39.8 38.6 63 68 65.5 63 60 57 54 51 49.5 48 80 85 82.5 80 77 74 60.5 57 55.3 53.6 100 107 103.5 100 96 92 87.5 83 80.5 78 125 135 130 125 118.5 114 108 102 99 96

136 Miniature circuit breakers For use with lighting loads

Table 1: fluorescent lighting Depending on the power supply and the number and types of lighting units, the table gives the circuit breaker rating based on the following assumptions: ■ Installation in an enclosure with an ambient temperature of 25ûC (derating coefficient = 0.8) ■ Power of ballast: 25% of tube power ■ Power factor: 0.6 for non-compensated fluorescent lighting. 0.86 for compensated fluorescent lighting Circuit breakers mounted in an enclosure with an ambient exterior temperature of 25ûC: derating coefficient = 0.8.

Single phase system: 230V Three phase + N system: 400V between phases Types of Power of Number of lighting units per phase lighting unit tubes (W) Single phase 18 4 9 29 49 78 98 122 157 196 245 309 392 490 non-compensated 36 2 4 14 24 39 49 61 78 98 122 154 196 245 58 1 3 9 15 24 30 38 48 60 76 95 121 152 Single phase 18 7 14 42 70 112 140 175 225 281 351 443 562 703 compensated 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 281 351 58 2 4 13 21 34 43 54 69 87 109 137 174 218 Two phase 2x18 = 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 281 351 compensated 2x36 = 72 1 3 10 17 28 35 43 56 70 87 110 140 175 2x58 = 118 1 2 6 10 17 21 27 34 43 54 68 87 109 MCB rating 1 2 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Calculation: non-compensated fluorescent lighting example (star connection) Number = (rating x 0.8) (U x 0.6) (P x 1.25)

Table 2: high pressure discharge lamps Table valid for 230V and 400V, with compensated or non-compensated ballast. Mercury vapour + fluorescent substance Rat. (A) P(1) ≤ 700W 6 P(1) ≤ 1000W 10 P(1) ≤ 2000W 16 Mercury vapour + metal halides P(1) 375W 6 P(1) 1000W 10 P(1) 2000W 16 High pressure sodium vapour lamps P(1) 400W 6 P(1) 1000W 10

137 Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) Electrical auxiliaries Alarm switch (SD) For C60/C120 MCBs Shunt trip unit (MX) Under voltage release (MN)

Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) to indicate the ‘open’ or ‘closed’ position of a Ph circuit breaker

11 Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker.

Applications Audible or visual indication of the open or closed state of the circuit. The indication can be given on the front of a cubicle or enclosure or grouped on a control desk. Can be used in conjunction with an alarm switch.

14 12 mcb closed mcb open N

Alarm switch (SD) to indicate circuit Ph breaker opening on a fault (tripped)

Assembly 91 Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker.

Applications Audible or visual indication of a fault on an electrical circuit in air conditioned rooms, passenger and goods lifts, ventilation etc. May be used in conjunction with an auxiliary ON/OFF switch.

94 92 fault normal N

Shunt trip unit (MX) for remote tripping Ph

Assembly Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker.

Applications remote opening of electrical circuits. > U

14 12 C2 C1 mcb closed N mcb open

Under voltage release unit (MN) Ph to ensure automatic tripping in case of under voltage and for remote tripping D by EMERGENCY STOP push button D1 2

Assembly <

Clip on the left side of the circuit breaker. U

Applications Automatic tripping of a circuit breaker whenever the voltage drops sufficiently below its nominal rated voltage. Remote tripping of a circuit breaker by ‘emergency stop’ or other N.C. push button.

138 Electrical auxiliaries MX + OF and MXV releases for NG125 circuit breakers Remote operation with MX + OF

Remote opening, by circuit breaker tripping, MX + OF NL of electrical lighting circuits, etc.

U >

14 12 C2 C1 NG125

Upstream voltage taps

The voltage taps supply auxiliary circuits in order to perform the following functions: ■ Indication, measurement ■ Emergency stopping ■ Remote transfer

NG125

OF or SD indication

OF auxiliary contact: O+F NL SD NL ■ Indication by dry contact of circuit breaker "open or closed" condition ■ Indication is either on the front face of the cubicle or enclosure or centralised on a display console

NG125 SD fault indicating switch 24 22 21 96 98 95 NG125 ■ Indication of a fault on a circuit breaker: climatic chamber, elevator, ventilation, etc

Remote operation with MXV L N Remote tripping by MXV with information feedback by SDV ■ The control switch (luminous or not) trips the 1112 M1 M2 circuit breaker by means of the Vigi equipped with NL ACTp an MXV SDV MXV ■ An indicator, via the SDV switch in the NO condition, lights up when the Vigi module has tripped on an outgoer or by MXV

NG125

Vigi NG125

OFF max. = 1 mA

139 DC operation Miniature circuit breakers

Selecting the circuit breaker ■ The maximum short circuit current at the point of The selection of the type of circuit breaker most installation, which determines the breaking suitable for protection of a d.c. installation depends capacity. Magnetic trip threshold increases by 1.4 mainly on the following criteria: ■ The rated current, which determines the rating of Breaking capacity of miniature circuit breakers on d.c. the equipment (in brackets, the number of poles involved in breaking) ■ The type of system (1,2 or 3), (see below) Type of D.C. breaking capacity(kA)-L/R < 0.015s ■ The rated voltage, which determines the number of circuit breaker (IEC 947-2 ,lcu) poles to be involved in breaking Voltage 24/48V 125V 250V 500V C60HB/HC 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) - C60HD 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) - C120 - 15,000 25,000 - NG125N - 36,000 36,000 - NG125H - 36,000 36,000 -

Type of system Earthed systems Insulated systems One polarity of the DC supply is A centre point of the DC supply is earthed earthed Diagrams i i i and various a a a cases of faults R R R U U/2 + U U/2 B A B A B A b b b C C C

Fault effect Fault A Max. Isc Isc close to max. Isc No effect the positive polarity the positive polarity is the only is the only one involved one involved, voltage U/2 Fault B Max. Isc Max. Isc Max. Isc both polarities are involved both polarities are involved both polarities are involved Fault C No effect Same as fault A but this is the No effect negative polarity which is involved Most unfavourable case Fault A Faults A and C Fault B Distribution of the The poles required to perform On each polarity there must be the the poles required to perform breaking poles the break are in series number of poles required to perform the break are shared between on the positive polarity (1),(2) the break of max. Isc at U/2 the 2 polarities

(1) Or negative if the positive polarity is earthed. (2) An extra pole will be needed on the earthed polarity to provide isolation

+ + + 250V = 250V = 250V = - - -

C120H C120H NS400H 3P 4P 2P 80A 100A 400A Load Load Load

Calculation the short circuit current Example As the above calculation (Isc) across the terminals of a battery What is the short circuit current at the shows, the shor circuit current is relatively When a short circuit occurs across its terminals, a terminals of a standing battery with the weak. battery discharges a current given by Ohm's law: following characteristics: ■ Capacity: 500Ah ■ Max. discharge voltage: 240V Note: If the internal resistance is Isc = Vb not known, the following Ri (110 cells of 2.2V) approximate formula can be ■ Discharge current: 300A used: Isc = kC, where C is the capacity of the battery expressed Where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery ■ Autonomy: 1/2 hour in Ampere hours, and k is a 100 % charged). ■ Internal resistance: 0.5mΩ coefficient close to 10 but in any case always lower than 20. and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sum per cell of the cell resistances (figure generally given by the Ri = 110 x 0.5 10 - 3 = 55 x10 - 3 240 Vdc manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery). 300A Isc = 240 = 4.4kA 55 10 -3 500Ah Ri = 0.5mΩ/cell

140 Utilisation at 400Hz Practical advice

The greater part of multi 9 circuit breakers can be used on 400Hz networks. Short-circuit currents at 400Hz generator terminals do not, in general, exceed the nominal current by more than 4 times. Therefore, breaking capacity problems are very rare.

Multi 9 circuit breakers

■ No thermal derating ■ Increase of magnetic thresholds: ■ Coefficient 1.5 for DPN ■ Coefficient 1.48 for C60 ■ Residual current circuit-breakers from the multi 9 range can be used on 400Hz networks. It should be noted that the mA threshold varies depending on the network's frequency (see curves below)

Note: In 400Hz, the test circuit for residual current devices may present the risk of not functioning when actioning the test button because of threshold variation. According to international studies (IEC 60479-2), the human body is less sensitive to a 400Hz current that passes through the body; so well that, even though the residual current device has had its frequency desensitised, these devices still ensure the protection of persons. The method for choosing residual current devices in 400Hz is thus the same as that for 50Hz.

RCCB Operating residual current variation curves Curve No. I n Class Rating Sensitivity (mA) 2.5 1 (A) 10 30 100 300 500 2 AC 25 2 1 -1 1 3 25-40 - 1 1 1 1 4 63-80-100 - 2 1 1 1 2 A 16-25-40-63 - 3 - 2 2 si type 4 - 4 - Selective s ( AC, A ) -- -22 1.5

0.5 10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz

Vigi C60 Operating residual current variation curves Curve No. 1 Class Rating Sensitivity Sens. I n 2 (mA) (A) 2.5 (A) 10 30 100 3001A 3A Vigi C60 110/220 V - 50Hz AC 25 2 1 1 - - 63 - 2 1 -- 2 Vigi C60 2, 3 and 4P 220/415 V - 50Hz AC 25 2 1 1 -- 1.5 40-63 - 2 1 - - A 25-63 3 3 2 2 -

All types 1 Selective s - 4 2 2 -

C60 si 0.5 4 10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz

141 Miniature circuit breakers For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers

Motor starters Table 1 - 3 phase 415Vac D.O.L. starting In general miniature circuit breakers can give only Recommended MCB short circuit protection to motor loads due to the high kW hHp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD starting currents which may be encountered; typically 0.12 0.166 0.65 2 2 1 3 - 12 times full load current (FLC). 0.18 0.25 0.7 2 2 1 Assumptions 0.25 0.33 0.87 4 2 1 The tables give recommended MCB 0.37 0.5 1.35 4 4 2 ratings for motors up to 37kW based on the following 0.55 0.75 1.55 4 4 2 assumptions: 0.75 1.0 1.93 6 4 4 ■ Direct-on-line starting 1.1 1.5 2.5 6 6 4 starting current = 7 x FLC 1.5 2 3.5 10 10 6 run up time = 6seconds, motors <3kW 2.2 3 4.8 16 10 10 10 seconds, motors < 22kW running currents = average values only (individual 3 4 6.4 20 20 10 manufacturer's figures will vary). four pole motors, 3.75 5 7.8 25 25 16 i.e. speed approx. 1500rpm 4 5.5 8.1 25 25 16 5.5 7.5 11 32 32 16 For higher inertia loads, i.e. hoists or fans, run up times may be considerably longer than those 7.5 10 14.4 50 50 20 assumed above. The rating of the MCB must take 9.33 12.5 17.3 63 50 20 account of the greater run up time and starting 11 15 21 63 63 25 current. The required MCB rating can be determined 13 17.5 25 - - 32 by reference to time/current curves (consult us). 15 20 28 - - 40 ■ Star/delta starting 18.5 25 35 - - 50 Since, during the changeover from star to delta, a 22 30 40 - - 50 high current surge in the order of DOL values may 30 40 54 - - 63 be met, the MCB rating selected should be the same as that recommended for DOL starting 37 50 65.5 - - -

Table 2 - 1 phase 240Vac D.O.L. starting kW Hp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD 0.12 0.166 0.95 4 2 1 0.18 0.25 1.5 4 4 2 0.25 0.33 1.7 6 4 2 0.37 0.5 3 10 6 4 0.55 0.75 4.5 16 10 6 0.75 1 5.5 16 16 10 1.1 1.5 8.5 25 25 16 1.5 2 10.5 32 32 20 2.2 3 15.5 40 40 25 3 4 20 63 63 32 3.75 5 24 - 63 40 5.5 7.5 34 - - 50 6.3 8.5 36.5 - - 63 7.5 10 45 - - 63 11 15 66.5 - - -

142 Miniature circuit breakers For use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers

Transformers Table 3 - 3 phase transformers 415Vac supply High inrush currents are also produced when VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD transformers are switched on, typically 10 - 15 times full 500 0.7 4 2 1 load current. 750 1.04 6 4 2 1000 1.39 10 6 4 Assumptions 2000 2.78 16 10 6 The tables give recommended MCB ratings for single 5000 6.95 40 25 16 phase transformers up to 12500VA and three phase 10000 13.89 - 50 25 transformers up to 30000VA based on the following 15000 20.84 - 63 32 formula. 20000 27.78 - - 50 25000 34.73 - - 63 30000 41.67 - - 63

Table 4 - 1 phase transformers 240Vac supply VA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD 50 0.21 2 - - 100 0.42 4 2 1 250 1.04 6 4 2 500 2.08 16 10 4 1000 4.17 25 16 10 2500 10.42 63 32 16 5000 20.84 - 63 32 10000 41.66 - - 63 12500 52.08 - - -

I Inrush currents When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection 1st peak devices. The peak value of the first current wave often 10 to 25 In reaches 10 - 15 times the rated rms current of the transformer and may reach values of 20 - 25 times the rated current even for transformers rated less than 50kVA. This transient inrush current decays very quickly (in a few milliseconds). In

θ t

143 P25M circuit breakers For motor protection

Choice of motor supply cable size Protection of the line supplying When selecting the cable size the starting current of the motor and the permissible the motor voltage drop must be taken into account. The cable must be capable of carrying a Every circuit and every motor must be protected permanent service current at least equal to the sum of In + Is/3 where, against overloads and short circuits. In = rated current, Is = starting current (4 - 8 In) depending on the motor. Phase failure protection The P25M protects each phase separately and Voltage drop interrupts all three phases in the event of a loss of The permissible voltage drop from the start of the installation to the motor in phase. Single phasing sensitivity is achieved by question is 6% for public distribution systems. If the torque of the machine to be means of a differential trip which accelerates tripping driven is low during starting it is only necessary to check the voltage drop for the should phase failure occur. rated current of the motor. If the starting torque is high (grinding mills, goods lifts, etc.) the voltage drop should be checked for the starting current.

P25M motor circuit breaker Time/current characteristics Auxiliaries: This protects motors against overloads and short ■ Alarm switch. circuits. P25M type circuit breaker has on each pole a ■ ON/OFF switch. thermal release for protection against overloads and a 20 ■ Shunt trip release or magnetic release for protection against short circuits. 10 undervoltage release For high short circuit currents use the limiter block, 5 (emergency stop). Ref. 21115. Minutes 2 Single phase connection For ratings from 0.16A - 10A. 415V or from 0.16 - 18A, 1 240V; in this case the breaking capacity of the P25M 40 NPh Two poles of 20 the apparatus circuit breaker is unlimited. 1 35 10 must be connected in 5 series for the

Applications Seconds 2 single phase The P25M circuit breaker is particularly suitable for supply protecting small machine tools and similar machines, 1 with local control. 200 246 Thermal release settings 50 The thermal releases are supplied set to the bottom Emergency switch wiring value of the setting range. Simultaneous setting of the 20 L1 L2 L3 The early thermal releases can be carried out by opening the Milliseconds closing of cover and adjusting the dial on the front face of the 5 the auxiliary P25M. It is recommended that the thermal releases be 2 contact is 1.5 2346810152030 necessary to set to the current that the motor absorbs in normal enable the U service and not to its rated current so as to provide x rated current closing of the effective close protection. circuit breaker equipped with an undervoltage Ambient temperature compensation release Close protection against thermal overload is enhanced by thermal releases which are ambient temperature compensated over the range - 20¡C - +60¡C. During overload conditions, tripping is delayed at lower ambient temperatures, from - 20¡C - +20¡C, and is accelerated at higher ambient temperatures, from 20¡C - +60¡C.

Rating Settings Part No. Standard power ratings kW: In (A) of 3-phase motors 50 - 60Hz AC-3 category 230 400 415 440 500 690 0.16 0.1 - 0.16 21100 ------0.25 0.16 - 0.25 21101 ------0.40 0.25 - 0.40 21102 ------0.63 0.40 - 0.63 21103 -----0.37 1.0 0.63 - 1 21104 - - - 0.37 0.37 0.55 1.6 1 - 1.6 21105 - 0.37 - 0.55 0.75 1.1 2.5 1.6 - 2.5 21106 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.5 4.0 2.5 - 4 21107 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 6.3 4 - 6.3 21108 1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 4 10 6 - 10 21109 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 14 9 - 14 21110 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 11 18 13 - 18 21111 47.5991015 23 17 - 23 21112 5.5 9 11 11 11 18.5 25 20 - 25 21113 5.5 11 11 11 15 22

144 Types of RCD

Two families of RCD are offered in this catalogue (1) Those without overcurrent protection (RCDs) e.g. RMGs ime (2) Those with overcurrent protection (RCBOs) (s) e.g. C60H rcbo’s and DPN Merlin Gerin Miniature circuit breakers combined with a residual 300mA time delayed rcd current device, this RCD/MCB combination can be realised in the form of the C60H RCBO combined 000s RCD/MCB or by combining a vigi module with an MCB.

All of these units can be used to protect individual Typical 100mA circuits or as devices mounted within individual instantaneous rcd enclosures. Individual out going circuits within type A or type B MCB distribution boards can be protected by 100s installing RCD/MCB combinations on that particular outgoing way. Groups of circuits can be protected Typical 30mA within distribution boards by selection of either split instantaneous rcd load or dual incomer units with selected circuits protected by RCD incoming devices. Complete distribution systems can be given RCD protection by 10s installing an RMG RCD in a separate enclosure ahead of the distribution board or by using a distribution board having an incoming rcd.

Unwanted tripping 1s The principal reasons for unwanted tripping of RCDs are lack of discrimination between rcd's (see following paragraph) and transient earth leakage currents, which have various causes such as lightning strikes, switching surges (caused by switching inductive loads) or switching capacitive loads (RF filter networks, 00ms mineral insulated cables etc) All Merlin Gerin RCDs and RCD/MCBs incorporate a filtering device which minimises their response to transients, virtually eliminating unwanted tripping.

Discrimination of RCDs 500A Figure 3: characteristic of 231 16, 300mA time delayed 100mA 300mA 600mA 1.5A 3A RCD with 10, 30 and 100mA instantaneous devices current (A) superimposed to show discrimination.

Wherever two or more rcd's are installed in series with (fig. 3) one another, measures must be taken to ensure that IEC publication 479 "effects of currents passing through the human body" they discriminate properly - in the event of an earth TIME/CURRENT ZONES OF EFFECTS OF A.C. CURRENT (15 - 100HZ) ON PERSONS fault, only the device next upstream should operate. WITH STANDARD RCD CHARACTERISTICS SUPERIMPOSED

abcc c IEC 479 RCDs do not discriminate on rated residual operating 10000 1 2 3 current sensitivity alone. In other words, a 100mA 5000 device upstream of a 30mA device will not offer inherent discrimination. 2000

To provide the necessary discrimination, RCDs can be 1000 provided with an inbuilt time delay mechanism, usually 500 50ms. This inbuilt time delay is sufficient to allow the 12 34 downstream device to open the circuit before the 200 upstream device starts to operate. Such an RCD must 100 be used as the incomer to a split load board time in milliseconds incorporating two RCDs. 50

10 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 current in milliamperes (R.M.S.) typical current limits due to body resistance 10mA 30mA 100mA at 240V

Zone Physiological Effects 1 Usually no reaction effects 2 Usually no harmful physiological effects 3 Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of muscular contraction and difficulty of breathing reversible disturbances of formation and conduction of impulses in the heart and transient cardiac arrest without ventricular fibrillation increases with current magnitude and time 4 In addition to the effects of zone 3 probability of ventricular fibrillation increased up to 5% (Curve C2) up to 50% (Curve C3) and above 50% beyond Curve C3 Increasing with magnitude and time. pathyphysiological effects such as cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and heavy burns may occur.

145 Degrees of protection Provided by enclosures

External influences Protection index In many national and international standards, a large European standard EN60529 gives a protection code number of external influences to which an electrical (IP) which characterises the ability of equipment to installation can be subjected are indexed and coded: withstand the following external influences: presence of water, presence of solid objects, risk of ■ Presence of solid bodies impact, vibrations, presence of corrosive substances, ■ Presence of water etc. These influences may be present with variable This code comprises two digits, depending on these intensity depending on the conditions of installation: external influences. The protection index is assigned The presence of water may be in the form of a few to the equipment following a series of tests laid down drops or total immersion. in the respective standards.

Test according to EN60529

1st digit 2nd digit Example Protection Protection IP 55 against solid bodies against liquids Protection against dust (no harmful deposits) 0 no protection 0 No protection Protection against hosing with water from all directions

1 ø 50mm Protection against 1 Protection against solid bodies vertical drops of greater than 50 mm water (condensation)

Protection against Protection against 2 ø 12.5mm 2 solid bodies drops of water falling greater than up to 15¡ from 12.5mm vertical

3 3 Protection against Protection against ø 2.5mm solid bodies rainwater up to 60¡ greater than 2.5 mm from vertical

4 4 Protection against Protection against ø 1mm solid bodies water projected from greater than 1 mm all directions

5 5 Protection against protection against dust hosing with water (no harmful from all directions deposits)

6 6 Protection against Total protection swamping with water against dust

7 Protection against immersion

146 Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks PRD/PF

Load considerations ■ The surge arrester’s level of protection (Up) depends on the installed equipment and the rated voltage of the installation ■ Up must lie between ■ The full voltage of the permanent operating conditions (Uc) ■ The impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the equipment to be protected: Uc

8/20 impulse withstand table for equipment to be protected ■ General standard: IEC 60364-4

Rated voltage Equipment sensitivity withstand (Uchoc) of the installation Three phase Reduced Normal High Very high networks electronic circuit electrical household industrial industrial devices: appliances: devices: devices: televisions, alarms, HiFi, dishwashers, ovens motors, distribution video recorders, refrigerators, cabinets, electric meters, computers portable tools current sockets, telemeters telecommunication transfos. 400/690/1000 2.5 kV 4 kV 6 kV 8 kV 230/440 V 1.5 kV 2.5 kV 4 kV 6 kV shock wave shock wave shock wave shock wave category I category II category III category IV

Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT Uc value for common mode ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.732 Uo (protection between live conductors and earth) Uc value for differential mode ≥ 1.1 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo (protection between phase and neutral) Uo: Simple network voltage between phase and neutral. Uc: Full voltage under permanent operating conditions. Uc: Value as in the French standard: NF C 15100 section 534. Placing several surge arresters in a cascading configuration

The incoming surge arrester (P1) is dimensioned to ■ If sensitive equipment is too far from the incoming run off lightning currents at the source of the surge arrester (d ≥ 30 m figure 2): installation, 2 cases are possible: ■ A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed ■ If there is a level of protection (Up) too high for near loads suffices, to lower the voltage and the impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the make it compatible with the impulse withstand installation's equipment: voltage of the equipment to be protected ■ A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placed near loads is sufficient, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand Example figure 2 voltage of the equipment to be protected d ≥30 m

P1 Example figure 1 E

P1 Up: E Uchoc: 2 kV 1.5 kV

E P1 P2

Up: Uchoc: E 2 kV 1.5 kV P1 P2 Up: E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand 1.2 kV of 1.5 kV P1: Incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and Imax that are sufficient enough to face E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstand lightning currents that may appear and with a of 1.5 kV level of protection of 1.5 kV. This level of 1.5 kV is P1: incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In and acceptable in principle (even though there is no Imax that are sufficient enough to face lightning margin), but the distance d is too great currents that may appear and with a level of P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected protection of 2.5 kV with an adapted level of protection and which is P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protected co-ordonated with P1 with an adapted level of protection and which is co-ordonated with P1

147 Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks PRD/PF

Site characteristics ■ If a lightning rod is planned or has already been installed on the building (or in a 50 m radius): ■ Choose an incoming protection device with an Imax of 65 kA. lightning flash density (Ng) ■ Mount a surge arrester Imax: 8 kA in a cascading configuration if: ■ The distance between the incoming surge arrester and loads is ≥30 m ■ The surge arrester's voltage Up is too high in regards to the sensitivity of the load to be protected (Uchoc)

Up surge arrester < Uchoc switchgear

Installation without a lighting conductor Residential Geographical location Urban Rural Lightning flash density (Ng) ≤ 0.5 0.5

Tertiary/industrial (1) Continuity of supply of the Not necessary Partial Essential operation Consequence (financial) Low High Very high of a lightning stroke on equipment to be protected Lightning flash density (Ng) ≤0.5 0.5

Selection depending on the earthing system Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT IT non- distributed distributed neutral neutral

Draw out surge arresters PRD MC 1P Uc = 275 V MC 3P Uc = 440 V 3P MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N Fixed surge arresters PF 30 - 65 kA MC 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N Uc = 440 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N PF 8 - 15 kA MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N PE MC 1P (Uc = 440 V) 3x1P 3x1P

148 Choosing a surge arrester for LV networks PRD/PF

Choosing a disconnection circuit breaker Maximum lightning disconnection After having chosen the surge arrester(s) needed to discharge current circuit breaker protect the installation, the appropriate disconnection Rating Curve Range circuit breaker is to be chosen from the opposite 8-15-30-40 kA 20 A C - table: 65 kA 50 A C - ■ Its breaking capacity must be compatible with the installation's breaking capacity ■ Each live conductor must be protected example: a 1P+N surge arrester must be combined with a 2P disconnection circuit breaker (2 protected poles)

Installation constraints The 50 cm rule in the switchboard Co-ordinating 2 surge arresters (the 10 m rule) Connections must be as short as possible. In the case of an exposed site and the presence of Do not exceed a distance of 50 cm, to efficiently sensitive loads, it is recommended to co-ordinate protect electrical loads. upstream and downstream protection in a cascading configuration.

▲ type or delayed ry protection seconda

ction er end prote incom d1

FF O-O FF T O-O

OFF

FF O-O -OFF FF O O-O FF O-O

d2 PRD2 PRD L N

L FF N O-O F LIN -OF MER O ERINti 9 FF LIN Gmul O-O MER 9 D F GERINti PR O-OF mul F RD OF P al r E IN O- eutr LIN G C N MER R OFF ERIN lti 9 O- LIN G mu ME D Rulti 9 PR m r-275 20) C40 kA(8/ RD ax:40 ) P l r Im (8/20 utra :15kA C Ne In kV p:1,2 U 5V Uc:27 PRD1

L N

LIN MER 9 GERINulti d3 ERLIN m M IN i 9 RD GmulER t P PRD utral r C Ne

≤ 50 cm d1+d2+d3

149 Contactors CT

Inrush and holding power Type Rating Consumption Maximum (A) inrush holding power (VA) (VA) 1P, 2P 16/25 15 3.8 1.3 3P, 4P 16/25 34 4.6 1.6 2P 40/63 34 4.6 1.6 3P, 4P 40/63 53 6.5 2.1 2P 100 53 6.5 2.1 4P 100 106 13 4.2

CT 2000 contactor applications

Choice of contactor Installation recommendations for ■ Heating circuits: (AC7a table 1) contactors - when sited in close proximity to Table 1: maximum power (kW) controlled by a electronic equipment i.e. remote control switches, contactor as a function of contactor rating and programmable timers etc. service voltage. Example of use: electric 1. Install two contactor spacers between the heating units, water heaters contactor and the electronic equipment. ■ Lighting circuits: (AC5, table 2 and 3) 2. Ensure contactor coil circuit and electronic choice of contactor and maximum number of load equipment supply circuit are separated. devices controlled as a function of the unit power 3. Where more than one DIN rail is available the (W) of the load devices and the service voltage: contactor must be mounted on the upper rail and incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps with the electronic equipment on the lower rail. starter, (individual mounting), sodium vapour 4. Where only one DIN rail is available, the contactor lamps must be mounted to the RHS of electronic ■ Utility motors (AC7b, table 4) maximum power equipment on horizontal rails and above electronic (kW) controlled by a contactor as a function of equipment on vertical rails. contactor rating and operating voltage. Typical applications: small pumps, compressors and machine tools Table 1: Heating Maximum power (kW) for a given rating Grouping of contactors Type of heating Contactor rating (A) When contactors are mounted side by side on the (AC1 - AC7a 25 40 63 100 same DIN rail, a spacer must be fitted between every categories) pair of contactors. Contactor bank spacer cat. ref. 400/415V heating 27062 enables contactors to be spaced 9mm apart to No. of ops per day 25 5.4 8.6 14 21.6 improve ventilation and prevent overheating. 50 5.4 8.6 14 21.6 75 4.6 7.4 12 18 Note: 100 4 6 9.5 14 For normal usage there is generally no requirement to 250 2.5 3.8 6 9 derate due to the high calibration temperature 500 1.7 2.7 4.5 6.8 employed. 230/240V heating No. of ops per day 25 16 26 41 63 50 16 26 41 63 75 14 22 35 52 100 11 17 26 40 250 5 8 13 19 500 3.5 6 9 14

150 Contactors CT

Table 2: Lighting Maximum number of Table 3: Sodium Maximum number of lamps for a given rating lighting lamps for a given rating 230/240V Power Contactor rating (A) 230/240V Power Contactor rating (A) (W) 16 25 40 63 100 (W) 16 25 40 63 100 Incandescent lamp with/without halogen gas Low pressure sodium (with compensation) 40 38 57 115 172 250 18 14 21 40 60 60 60 30 45 85 125 187 35 3 5 10 15 15 75 25 38 70 100 150 55 3 5 10 15 15 100 19 28 50 73 110 90 2 5 6 11 11 150 12 18 35 50 75 135 1 2 4 6 6 200 10 14 26 37 55 180 1 2 4 6 6 300 7 10 18 25 37 High pressure sodium (without compensation) 500 4 6 10 15 22 70 8 12 20 32 32 1000 2 3 6 8 12 150 4 7 13 18 18 12V halogen lamp (with ELV transformer) 250 2 4 8 11 11 20 15 23 42 63 94 400 1 3 5 8 8 50 10 15 27 42 63 1000 - 1 2 3 3 75 8 12 23 35 52 High pressure sodium (with compensation) 100 6 9 18 27 40 70 6 9 18 25 25 150 4 6 13 19 28 150 6 9 18 25 25 26mm fluorescent (single tube with parallel capacitor) 250 2 4 8 12 12 15 15 20 40 60 90 400 2 3 6 9 9 18 15 20 40 60 90 1000 1 2 4 6 6 20 15 20 40 60 90 36 15 20 40 60 90 To obtain the maximum number of lamps on three 40 15 20 40 60 90 phase four wire circuits, multiply the maximum 58 10 15 30 43 64 number of lights for single phase by three. 65 10 15 30 43 64 115 5 7 14 20 30 For three phase, three wire, the following formula 140 5 7 14 20 30 must be applied 26mm fluorescent tube (single tube without capacitor) 15 22 30 70 100 150 Single phase quantity X 3 18 22 30 70 100 150 1,732 20 22 30 70 100 150 36 20 28 60 90 135 40 20 28 60 90 135 Table 4: Utility Maximum power (kW) 58 13 17 35 56 84 motors for a given rating 65 13 17 35 56 84 Type of motor Contactor rating (A) 115 7 10 20 32 48 (AC7b category) 16 25 40 63 100 140 7 10 20 32 48 230/240V - 1.4 2.5 4 4 26mm fluorescent (twin tube with parallel capacitor) 400/415V - 4 7.5 15 15 2x18 30 46 80 123 180 2x20 30 46 80 123 180 2x36 17 25 43 67 100 2x40 17 25 43 67 100 2x58 10 16 27 42 63 2x65 10 16 27 42 63 2x118 6 10 16 25 37 2x140 6 10 16 25 37 26mm fluorescent (four tube with parallel capacitor) 4x18 15 23 46 69 100 Electronic ballast (1 x 26mm tube) 18 74 111 222 333 500 36 38 58 117 176 260 58 25 37 74 111 160 Electronic ballast (2 x 26mm tube) 2x18 36 55 111 166 250 2x36 20 30 60 90 135 2x58 12 19 38 57 85 Electronic compact 7 133 200 400 600 900 11 80 120 240 360 540 15 58 88 176 264 396 20 44 66 132 200 300 23 38 57 114 171 256

151 Time delay contactor auxiliary ACTt

ACTt ■ 4 types of delay: ■ Type A time delay puts back loads energisation ■ Type B time delay energises a load for a given time, once the control contact has closed (push button) ■ Type C time delay extends load energisation ■ Type H time delay energises a load for a given time, as log as the control contact remains closed ■ Time delay range: 1s - 10h ■ Accuracy:+/- 0.5%

Type A Type B The single time delay cycle begins on energisation The single time delay cycle begins when the control and the load is energised at the end of time delay T contact is closed

L L S A1 1 A1 1 S U (A1 A2) ACTt CT ACTt CT 0 0 BP A2 B2 CT Y CT BP 1 A2 2 B 2 1 Load t Load t N T N T

Type C Type D The single time delay cycle begins when the control The single time delay cycle begins on energisation. contact is (pushbutton) is released, at the end of time the load is de-energised again at the end of time delay T, the load is de-energised again delay T or when the control contact is released

L L

S A1 1 A1 1 U ACTt CT (A1 A2) S 0 ACTt CT

BP A2 0 A2 Y B2 1 CT CT BP B 2 1 Load 2 t N T Load t N T

152 TL impulse relays Practical advice

The table below indicates the maximum power rating of a number of lamps that can be installed on impulse relay controlled 240V single phase circuit. For other voltages please consult us.

impulse relay max power (W)

Impulse relay rating 16A 32A Lighting Incandescent Tungsten filament (240 V) lighting 40 60 75 100 200 W 40 25 20 16 8 1600 106 66 53 42 21 4260 With halogen (240 V) 300 500 1000 1500 W 5 3 1 1 1500 13 8 4 2 4000 VLV halogen lighting (12 or 24 V with transformer) 20 50 75 100 W 70 28 19 14 1400 180 74 50 37 3700 Fluorescent Single with starter (non compensated) lighting 18 36 58 W 70 35 21 1300 186 93 55 3400 Single with starter (compensated) 18 36 58W 50 25 16 930 133 66 42 2400 Double with series compensated starter 2x18 2x36 2x58W 56 28 17 2000 148 74 45 5300 Single HF ballast 16 32 50W 80 40 26 1300 212 106 69 3400 Double HF ballast 2x16 2x32 2x50W 40 20 13 1300 106 53 34 3400 Discharge Low pressure sodium vapour lamps 55 90 135 180 W 24 15 10 7 1300 63 40 26 18 3400 High pressure sodium vapour or metal halide 250 400 1000 W 5 3 1 1300 13 8 3 3400

153 Lighting management MIN and PRE Operation diagrams

MIN timer < 2 s < 2 s ■ Time delay of 1 - 7 min BP S ■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer ■ Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front face UZ UZ

t t

MINe timer < 2 s < 2 s ■ Time delay of 3 or 20 min BP ■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer

3 min 20 min

MINs timer < 2 s < 2 s

■ Time delay of 30s - 8 min BP S ■ Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts the timer ■ Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front face UZ UZ

t 20 min

PRE switch off warning ■ Switch off warning (P) of 20 - 40 s 50% reduction in luminous flux

50%

Key S: Switch on front face T: Time delay P: Switch off warning

154 Movement detector CE30

Function The CE30 controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of people and according to ambient brightness. The CE30 controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold. After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion of a time delay that can be set beforehand.

Data ■ Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50 - 60Hz ■ Detection angle: 20¡ ■ Configuration of detection angle by cover cut out ■ Range: 30m ■ Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 5 - 300lux ■ Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off of lighting: 40 seconds - 8 minutes ■ Output contact: ■ 10A cos ¯ = 1 ■ 5A cos ¯ = 0.5 ■ Incandescent lights: relays compulsory ■ Degree of protection: IP43 ■ Connection: 1.05mm2 spring tunnel type terminals ■ Consumption : < 1W ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +55¡C ■ Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR

5 beams 1 beam m 3

0 110û 20û 2.5 m 1

3 m 0301 3 12 16 20 24 29 m 0 41281820 24 28 30m

L N

155 Movement detector CDM

Function The CDM controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements of people and according to ambient brightness. The CDM controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if the ambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold. After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completion of a time delay that can be set beforehand.

Data ■ Power supply: 230 V -10% +6%, 50 - 60Hz ■ Detection angle: 0¡ - 180¼ ■ Configuration of detection angle by cover cut-out ■ Range; 0 - 12 m according to slope adjustment ■ Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 3 - 80 lux ■ Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching off of lighting: 4 seconds - 15 minutes ■ Lighting power ■ Incandescent lights: 1000 W max ■ Halogen lamps: 500 W max ■ Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory. ■ Degree of protection: IP54 ■ Connection: screw terminals up to 205 mm2 ■ Consumption: 1.1 VA ■ Operating temperature: -25 to +50 ¼ C ■ Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR

m 5 4 3 2 1 0 180û 2.5 m 1 2 3 4 5 m 0123456789101112m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12m

L N

156 Presence detector CDP

Function The CDP controls switching on and off lighting according to the presence of a person and ambient brightness. It allows detection: ■ Of presence (zone A), the system detects the slightest motions, ■ Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements. The CDP controls switching on if presence is detected and if ambient brightness is less than the set threshold. It controls switching off of lighting if the outside light becomes greater the the threshold, even in the event of movement.

Data ■ Power supply: 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz ■ Detection angle: Horizontal 360¼, vertical 180¼ ■ Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.2 - 3 m ■ Maximum range for recommended clearance: ■ 4m diameter presence detection zone (small motions) ■ 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements) ■ Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 20 - 1300 lux ■ Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of lighting: 4 - 15 min ■ Lighting power ■ incandescent lights: 2000W max ■ LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max ■ Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos ¯ = 0.5) ■ Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max ( cos ¯ = 0.5) ■ Degree of protection: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -25¼C to +55¼C ■ Storage temperature: -25¼C to +70¼C ■ Weight: 144g ■ Dimensions: ■ Diameter; 120mm ■ Height: 70mm ■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm

360 12 m2 m 1 m0 1m 2 m 12 m

B A B

L N

CDP N L L

157 Presence detector CDPt

Function The CDpt reserved for installations with 1 - 10V control ballast, regulates lighting intensity according to the presence of a person and ambient lighting. It maintains ambient brightness at a level set by lighting variation. The TDP remote control allows manual monitoring of lighting independently of detector settings. It allows detection ■ Of presence (zone A) the system detects the slightest motions ■ Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements

Data ■ Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50Hz ■ Detection angle:horizontal 360¼, vertical 180¼ ■ Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.5 - 3m ■ Maximum range for recommended clearance: ■ 4m diameter motion detection zone (small motions) ■ 24m diameter movement detection zone (movements) ■ Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 100 - 1300 lux ■ Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off of lighting: 4 - 15 min ■ Lighting power(max. number of 1 - 10V ballasts) ■ 16 x (1 x 36W) ■ 12 x (1 x 58W) ■ 12 x (2 x 36W) ■ 8 x (2 x 58W) ■ Degree of protection: IP20 ■ Operating temperature: -15¼C to +55¼C ■ Storage temperature: -25¼C to +70 ¼C ■ Weight: 144g ■ Dimensions: ■ Diameter: 120mm ■ Height: 70mm ■ Fixing centre distance: 81mm ■ Remote control (TDP) ■ Range: 4m ■ Power supply: 2 xLR03-1.5V batteries (not supplied)

360 12 m2 m 1 m0 1m 2 m 12 m

B A B

L N

1-10 V CDPt

N L L

158 PM9 multimeter Connection

Three phase network + neutral: 3 x 230/400V Three phase network: 3 x 400V

N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3

230V

1 23456789 1 23456789

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

P1 S1 P1 S1

S2 S2 P2 P1 S1 P2 P1 S1

P2 S2 P1 S1 P2 S2 P1 S1

P2 S2 P2 S2

Three phase network: 3 x 230V Three phase network with or without neutral greater than 400V

L3 TT (VT) L1 L2 L3 x 230V L2

1 23456789

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

P1 S1

S2 P2 P1 S1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 S2 P1 P2 S1 L1

P2 S2 L2

Caution ■ The measurements require use of voltage ■ Do not earth the CT secondary (S2) transformers (VT) with a 230V secondary ■ It is essential to comply with routing direction of power cables in the current transformer primary.

P1 S1 The cables enter in P1 and leave in P2 in the direction of the loads P2 S2

■ Networks greater than 5A: ! ■ Measurements require use of current transformers with a 5A secondary

159 PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700

4 wire connection with 3 CT’s and no VT

PM700

3 wire connection with 2 CT’s and 2 VT’s

PM700PM700

160 TI current tranformers Choosing a current transformer

Choosing a current transformer2 criteria exist for choosing a TI: ■ The Ip/5A ratio ■ The type of installation The Ip/5A ratio: It is recommended that a ratio immediately superior to the measured current (In) be chosen. Ex: In = 1103 A; ratio chosen: 1250/5 Type of installation: Which TI model to choose depends on the type of installation: ■ Insulated cables ■ Prisma vertical busbars ■ Insulated flexible busbars ■ Linergy vertical busbars ■ Rigid busbars

Important warning: Never open the secondary circuit of a current transformer while the primary circuit is energised. Before any kind of maintenance service on the secondary circuit, the secondary terminals on the transformer must be short circuited.

Determining the accuracy class of a TI: The accuracy class is a function of the transformer’s power and the consumption of the the weighing system. The latter takes device and cable consumption into account. For a given accuracy class, consumption of the weighing system must not exceed the power on the TI transformer.

Primary copper Power in VA cable cross section doubled meter at in mm2 200C 11 1.5 0.685 2.5 0.41 4 0.254 6 0.169 10 0.0975 For each temperation variation of 100C, the power absorbed by the cables rises by 4% Merlin Gerin Consumption device (VA) Ammeter 72 x 72 0.75 Analogue ammeter 1.25 Ammeter Digipact IM100 0.5 Digital ammeter 0.3 PM measurement centre 0.25 CDS 0.25 RCI 0.5 CE tri 1 CEr tri 1 Varlogic regulator 0.7

Example Consumption of a weighing system at 200C CDS 0.25VA Digital ammeter + 0.30VA 2 meters of doubled wire 2.5mm2 + 0.82VA Weighing system consumption = 1.37VA

The accuracy class of the TI is deduced: ■ Class 3 for a TI with a ratio of 50/5 ■ Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 100/5 ■ Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 125/5

161 162 Dimensions Section eight

Type A distribution board 164

Type B distribution board 165

Heavy duty distribution board 166

Single phase type P&PS pan assembly 167

Three phase type P pan assembly 168

B series enclosure 169

Three phase type PS pan assembly 170

Three phase type E pan assembly 171

MCB and accessories 172 - 177

Local control devices 179

Remote control devices 180 - 181

Time management 182

Lighting management 183

Metering and measurement 184 - 187

Heating management 188

Mini Opale enclosures 189

G9 enclosures 189

Modular enclosures 189

Kaedra enclosures 190

Pragma C IP40 191

UT enclosures 192

Prisma GK enclosures 193

Pragma C IP55 enclosures 194

UP enclosures 195 163 Dimensions (mm) A type distribution boards

Part No.AB MGAN6 260 264 MGAN9, MGAN42SL 315 264 MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416/96MS 370 264 MGAN15, MGAN66/76DS, MGAN48/66DS, MGAN520/716/912/1010/126MS, 450 264 MGAN23, MGAN1228MS (two row unit) 370 494

60 60

NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER

NEUTRAL CONNECTION ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY ISOLATE SUPPLY COVER BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL BEFORE REMOVAL ISOLATE SUPPLY 18 BEFORE REMOVAL

N L

31 3

A 25 96

3 3 Key hole slot dimensions

Datum

12 ¿6.25

¯32 ¯25 ¯20

¿13

A series enclosure Part No.AB MGAN16DE 260 264 MGAN22DE 315 264 MGAN28DE 370 264 MGAN34DE 450 264 MGAN56DE* 370 494 * 2 row enclosure All other dimensions as A type distribution board

164 Dimensions (mm) B type distribution boards

Part No.AB MGBN4,MGBN6 484 386 MGBN8 538 440 MGBN12 700 602 MGAN16, MGAN18 808 710 MGAN24 970 872

165 Dimensions (mm) Heavy duty distribution board (100A) IP55 weatherproof

Part No.No. of Dimensions (mm) outgoing ways Height Width Depth MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 290* MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 290* MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 290* MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 290* * Denotes the maximum depth dimensions with key fitted.

¿12 ¿7

575/ 700/ 775 900 M8 max. max.

525 625

B board extension box enclosures

Part No.A MGBNEXN 124 MGBNEX034N 140 MGBNKWH 124 MGBNEXA15N 140 MGBN100CCI 140 MGBNDSI 124

60 60

270

470 A

166 Dimensions (mm) Single phase type P & PS

Reference ABCDEFG MGAN6P/PS 196 182 145 70.12 70.12 - 18.5 MGAN9P/PS 250 236 199 70.12 36.01 70.12 27.5 MGAN12P/PS 304 290 253 70.12 108.01 70.12 18.5 MGAN15P/PS 358 344 307 97.12 108.01 97.12 18.5

A B 62 23.5

NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER

88 Front cover C

28 X COVER CUTOUT 46

18.5

Fixing details

G D E F

5.3

4.2

X B

167 Dimensions (mm) Three phase type E

Part No.AB MGBN4E 325 346 MGBN6E 400 421 MGBN8E 450 471 MGBN12E 550 571 MGBN16E 650 671 MGBN18E 725 746 MGBN24E 875 896

87.00 21.60 Dimension A 350.00 250.00

87.00 250A Inside of cover 152.00 125A Incoming device cut-out centre 106.86

Dimension B

168 Dimensions (mm) B series enclosures IP31

Part No.A MGBN4SXS/SXP 484 MGBN8SXS/SXP 538 MGBN12SXS/SXP 700 MGBN16SXS/SXP 808 MGBN24SXS/SXP 970

45 380 45 140

450 Key hole slot dimensions

Datum

12 ¿6.5

¿13

169 Dimensions (mm) Three phase type PS

Reference Length Reference A B C D E F G MGBN4PS 108.0 1 x 4 way MGBN4PS 99.58 MGBN6PS 162.0 1 x 6 way MGBN6PS 153.52 MGBN8PS 216.0 2 x 4 way MGBN8PS 99.52 108.0 99.52 MGBN12PS 324.0 2 x 6 way MGBN12PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 MGBN16PS 432.0 2 x 6 way + 1 x 4 way MGBN16PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 99.52 MGBN18PS 486.0 3 x 6 way MGBN18PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 MGBN24PS 648.0 4 x 6 way MGBN24PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 486.0 153.52

204.2 78.8 6.5 183.70 Fixing holes for M4 screws G Length E

4 Way Assembly

A F C A D Length B A 89.76 13.00

170.70 13.00

6 Way Assembly

170 Dimensions (mm) Three phase type EV

Part No.AB MGBN4EV 325 346 MGBN6EV 400 421 MGBN8EV 450 471 MGBN12EV 550 571 MGBN16EV 650 671 MGBN18EV 725 746 MGBN24EV 875 896

87.00 21.60 Dimension A 350.00 250.00

87.00 250A Inside of cover 152.00 125A Incoming device cut-out centre 106.86

Dimension B

171 Dimensions (mm)

C60/RMG/MGV/DPN/DPN+Vigi

B E

G 45

Part No. Description Width A B B BBDE FG in 18mm 1P 2P 3P 4P SP ways C60+any code Miniature circuit breakers 1,2,3,4 70 18 36 54 72 60 44 76 81 RMG+any code Residual current devices 2,4 69 36 72 60 44 76 81 MGV+any code Vigi rcd for C60H MCBs 70 36 72 60 44 75 81 DPN 1Ph+N MCB 1 70 18 60 44 75 81 DPN+Vigi 1Ph+N RCBO 2 36 60 44 75 81

OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries for C60H, C60H RCBOs

TM C60 auxiliaries

C60 RCBO

172 Dimensions (mm) C120 and Vigi circuit breakers

Miniature circuit breakers

Vigi Tm C120 auxiliaries

OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries

Terminal shield Screw shield Inter-pole barriers Plug in base

173 Dimensions (mm) TMC60 auxiliaries and C60H RCBO

TM C60 auxiliaries

C60H RCBO

174 Dimensions (mm) P25M circuit breakers Vigi circuit breakers

P25M circuit breaker OF, MX, MN auxiliaries Limiter block

Insulated enclosure

Vigi circuit breakers DPN and DPN N circuit breakers DPN vigi and DPN n vigi circuit breakers

175 Dimensions (mm) NG125 circuit breakers

NG125 circuit breakers Screw shield

Rotary handle Terminal shield 80mm Min. 300m Max. 75

Distribloc MN, MX, OF and SD

176 Dimensions (mm) NG125 Vigi

NG125 Vigi circuit breakers

Screw shield

177 Dimensions (mm) Local control

I switch disconnectors 20 and 32A 40 - 125A

NO, NF auxiliaries

Bell and safety transformers SO bell and RO buzzer

15213, 15216 15212, 15218, 15219, 15220, 15222 15320, 15321, 15322, 15323

V indicator lights BP pushbuttons CM selector switches

178 Dimensions (mm) Local control

PF8, PF30 and PF30r

PF65r

PRD

XB device holder

179 Dimensions (mm) Remote control

16/25A contactors

40/63A contactors

100A contactors

CT contactors with manual operating mechanism 16/25A contactors

3P 4P

40/63A contactors

180 Dimensions (mm) Remote control

Add-on auxiliaries ACTo+f, ACTt and ACTp

Relays and extensions RLI changeover relay RBN low level relay

ERL extension

Impulse relays Impulse relays TL and ETL extensions ATLc+s add-on auxiliaries

RT, etc. time delay relays

181 Dimensions (mm) Time management

Time switches IH time switch 24 hours IH time switch 60 min, 24h, 24h+7d, 7d

IHP programmable time switches 15720, 15721, 15722, 15723

ITM multifunction time switch

182 Dimensions (mm) Lighting management

Timer and switch off warning MIN timers 15231, 15232, 15363 and PRE timer 15233

IC light sensitive switches IC200, IC2000 and IC2000P

IC200 IC2000 IC2000P

Front face and wall mounted cells

CDM and CE30 movement detection control switches CE

CDP, CDPt and TDP CDM

CDP, CDPt TDP

183 Dimensions (mm) Metering and measurement

CE and CEr kilowatt hour meters CI/CH counters

ME3, ME4 watt hour meters ME1 watt hour meters

Digital VLT and AMP Analogue VLT and AMP

CMA and CMV CME

PM9 multimeter

184 PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700

Front panel mounting

185 PowerLogic: Power meter series PM700

Series PM700 dimensions

186 Dimensions (mm) Metering and measurement

16500 - 16506 and 16541 - 16456 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465

16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474

16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 16537 - 16538 16548 - 16549

16540 - 16544 16545 - 16547

187 Dimensions (mm) Heating management

TH thermostats TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat

Ambient temp probe (15846) Outdoor temp probe (15847)

61 59

53 25 44 29

188 Dimensions (mm) Enclosures, Mini Opale, G9

Mini Opale enclosures Part No. HWDABE 13392 130 44 57 36 65 11 13394 130 80 57 72 65 11 13396 160 119 65 108 80 19 B 13398 160 155 65 151 80 19

H 44 A B E

W D

G9 enclosures

o 122.5 101 Part N . A A 63 14599 72 20 50.5 50.5 14603 99 27.5 77

46 46 210 200

77 27.5 25 50 25 63 20 32.5 36 32.5 5 14599/14603 99560

189 Dimensions (mm) Weatherproof Kaedra IP65

Front view Side view Position of DIN rail

47.5

43.5 41.5

200 35.5

39.3

70 3.5 ¿22.8 L 111.5 18.5

Wall mounting 4 modules 8 and 12 modules Number of A L modules 4 - 123 8 88 195 12 160 267

140 140

30 30

======A

190 Dimensions (mm) Pragma C IP40 enclosures

275 270 105 234 135

216 150

42 70 70

65 136

125

46 H 65 A

125 118

25 115

230 275

136

47.5 72

252

53.5 752 78

59.5 84

125 35 35 35 35 35 65.5 90

125 20

250

65 Number of ranges A H 1 10901/10911 105 250 2 10902/10912 230 375 3 10903/10913 455 500 4 10904/10914 610 752

191 Dimensions (mm) UT enclosures IP54

45 13 P1

9 24 G P 24 Q1

12 P2 36 F P3 42 25 C 15

L 100

25 25 25 I 45 25 N2 D

M3 ¿10 100 H Q2 B Q J M N3 A

45 N 45 ¿9 Q3

Encl. Weight Ext. dimensions (mm) Internal area Useable area on Cable space Wall fixings Chassis ref. (kg) door * 2 Gland plates fixings HWDABCDFGIJKMNQ 04583 3 300 250 150 205 255 150 240 180 62 200 250 308 358 175 235 04584 6.5 400 300 200 255 355 200 340 216 62 250 350 358 458 225 325 04585 9.5 500 400 200 355 455 300 440 315 120 350 450 458 558 325 425 04586 10 600 400 200 355 555 300 540 315 120 350 550 458 658 325 525 04587 15 700 500 200 455 655 400 640 315 120 450 650 558 758 425 625 04588 20 800 600 250 555 755 500 740 315 120 550 750 658 858 525 725 04590 35 1000 800 250 755 955 700 940 315* 120* 750 950 858 1058 725 925

Encl. Available depth Chassis and mounting plates ref. P1 P2 P3 N1 Q1 N2 Q2 N3 Q3 04583 104 95 89 194 229 200 250 04584 164 155 149 235 340 254 334 250 350 04585 164 155 149 335 440 344 442 350 450 04586 164 155 149 335 540 344 547 350 550 04587 164 155 149 435 640 434 647 450 650 04588 224 215 179 535 740 534 747 550 750 04590 224 215 179 735 940 734 937 750 950

192 Dimensions (mm) Prisma GK IP55

Enclosure Number of modules H1 A B 7 425 375 475 11 625 575 675 15 825 775 875 19 1025 975 1075 23 1225 1175 1275 27 1425 1375 1475 33 1725 1675 1775

25 25

H1 M8 ¿12 M6

A B

450 25 575 525 650

230 260

30 570 600

Doors Number of modules C D E H 7 420 - 284 450 11 620 200 484 650 15 820 400 684 850 19 1020 600 884 1050 23 1220 800 1084 1250 68 27 1420 - 1284 1450 33 1720 - 1584 1750

68 E C H = D E C H

= 68

60 420 210 68 320/570 55 95 420 600 60 320/570 7 modules 600 11 - 23 modules

193 Dimensions (mm) Pragma C IP55 enclosures

285 127.5 2.1 216

148.5

H 125

¿30 46

285

230 Number of ranges A H 1 10941 150 279

70 2 10942 275 404 148.5 3 10943 400 529 4 10944 525 654

20 125 A 35 3 x 29

8 x ¿23

62.5 4 x ¿29

59.5 167

Adjustable DIN rail height within the enclosure

39 39

X2 X1 47.5 72

X1 = 47.5 X2 = 71.5

194 Dimensions (mm) UP IP66 enclosures

Part No. H L P J K A I F G C 02504/02514 400 300 200 375 150 325 225 380 260 137 02505/02515 500 400 200 475 250 425 325 480 360 112 02506/02516 600 400 250 575 250 525 325 580 360 170 02507/02517 700 500 300 675 350 625 425 680 460 145 02508/02518 800 600 300 775 450 725 525 780 560 195

¿8

A F H J

I G L P K

195 196 Schneider Electric Overview Section nine

197 Schneider Electric An overview

Schneider Electrics expertise is founded on its three international brands – Merlin Gerin, Square D and Telemecanique.

With over 100 years experience in the electrical industry, Schneider Electric has established itself as a world and UK leader in the supply and manufacture of products for the distribution, monitoring and control of electrical power.

Schneider Electric regards its customers as commercial partners, who, like us, demand the highest standards of excellence in terms of products, projects and services.

Schneider Electric is proud to provide the solutions to meet their needs.

Schneider Electric operates the largest, dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry.

Sales engineers have specialist expertise and an understanding of the customer needs within each of the following market sectors:

■ Building systems and solutions

■ Industrial systems and solutions

■ Energy and infrastructure systems and solutions

198 Schneider Electric An overview Building systems and solutions The real reason for putting technology into buildings is to simplify tasks, enhance safety and improve the quality of life.

Schneider Electric knows this and has created attractive, functional products for the residential building sector. Well being comfort and entertainment are key concepts in this area.

The same objectives apply to commercial buildings such as offices, hotels, shopping centres, hospitals, schools and care facilities for the elderly.

Schneider Electric offer a wide range of solutions in the area of building management services and uses its expertise in all of these buildings to protect people and equipment.

Schneider Electric means greater comfort, lower operating costs and enhanced safety.

Related industries Principal customers in the construction market

■ Retail ■ Contracting authorities

■ Education ■ Main contractors

■ Health ■ Building engineers

■ Entertainment centres

■ Offices

■ Warehouses

■ Agriculture

■ Factory

■ Private residential

■ Public residential

199 Schneider Electric An overview Industrial systems and solutions Schneider Electric focus on performance in all areas of industry.

Our products and services adapt to each specific business and environment, from discrete manufacturing and production lines to continuous processes in a wide variety of industries such as:

■ Automotive

■ Food and beverage

■ Pharmaceuticals

■ Construction materials

■ Waste management

Across a wide range of applications including:

■ Conveyors

■ Packaging

■ Materials handling

■ Hoisting

200 Schneider Electric An overview Energy infrastructure systems and solutions Schneider Electric is involved in the entire electrical distribution chain from power plants to end users. Customer demand for complete availability, uncompromising quality and absolute safety has made the search for excellence our key mission.

Today, electrical substation and network protection, monitoring and control are highly effective in reducing outage time.

Proven technologies offer a wide range of simple, efficient and flexible solutions for optimised, step by step investments.

Infrastructure

Schneider Electric is involved in developing infrastructure and transportation systems around the world. In areas where no failures can be tolerated, such as road and rail equipment, harbour installations and airports, Schneider Electric provides solutions in electrical distribution, control and monitoring, automation and supervision.

Key markets

■ Electricity distribution

■ Water

■ Rail

■ Airports

■ Seaports

■ Defence Principal customers in the electric power market ■ Power suppliers involved in generation and distribution ■ Gas ■ Utility companies ■ Telecommunications ■ Major contractors ■ Road ■ Large end user sites

■ Government departments

201 Schneider Electric An overview Projects & Services - delivering tailored solutions for your business We provide solutions enabling you to reduce the total cost and lifetime ownership risk of your electrical distribution and automation systems, whilst fulfiling your ongoing quality, safety and environmental obligations.

Choice of services Our services aim to add value to each project phase, but the choice of services you use is entirely yours. You may want a full set of services that together provide a package of support covering the entire lifecycle of your project, or you can select a combination of services to complement your resources or knowledge. sultat If you are not sure of what you need, our consultation n io o n services will help you to define the parameters of your c solution. g in Consultation n de i sig

These services provide you with an assured way to road a n r

map your project. We take your ideas and requirements t and apply our wide range of application experience and & S technical competence to produce conceptual designs and ts e c rv indicative costings. e i j c

o e

s P

o d n

e o r n i n i s a t i o t a

t Design n Using the analysis from the consultation phase, or e information that you may provide, the design phase selects m le the most suitable equipment and provides detailed p drawings and technical specifications. im

Implementation This is often the most time-pressured stage of a project o when schedules demand fast implementation and p e r a t i o n commissioning. These services provide high quality installation and commissioning, preceded by thorough preparation.

Operation Efficient operation is vital to derive the best value from your investment. These services ensure that installations achieve the highest operational efficiency and are cost effectively maintained with minimum downtime.

Modernisation Faulty or ageing equipment can be refurbished and repaired if this is the most cost effective action.

Training A wide range of training services are available including product standards and legislation. Each is regularly updated to stay current with the latest technology. Training can be delivered at a Schneider Electric training facility, or at a customer’s own site.

202 Comprehensive quick reference index Section ten

Note For items without a page number please see MGD5336* This contains information on MCCB connection systems 15 - 2000A. Please visit www.schneider.co.uk to download the relevant information.

*This reference will change after October 2005 to MGLV5751

203 Index By part number

Part Description Page No. PartDescription Page No.

BP 5 blanking plates 11,18 C60HC302 3P 2A mcb type C 22 C60HB101 1P 1A mcb type B 22 C60HC304 3P 4A mcb type C 22 C60HB102 1P 2A mcb type B 22 C60HC306 3P 6A mcb type C 22 C60HB104 1P 4A mcb type B 22 C60HC310 3P 10A mcb type C 22 C60HB106 1P 6A mcb type B 22 C60HC316 3P 16A mcb type C 22 C60HB110 1P 10A mcb type B 22 C60HC320 3P 20A mcb type C 22 C60HB116 1P 16A mcb type B 22 C60HC325 3P 25A mcb type C 22 C60HB120 1P 20A mcb type B 22 C60HC32R100 RCBO 32A 100mA Type C 24 C60HB125 1P 25A mcb type B 22 C60HC32R30 RCBO 32A 30mA Type C 24 C60HB132 1P 32A mcb type B 22 C60HC32RA30 RCBO 32A 30mA Class A Type C 24 C60HB140 1P 40A mcb type B 22 C60HC332 3P 32A mcb type C 22 C60HB150 1P 50A mcb type B 22 C60HC340 3P 40A mcb type C 22 C60HB163 1P 63A mcb type B 22 C60HC350 3P 50A mcb type C 22 C60HB201 2P 1A mcb type B 22 C60HC363 3P 63A mcb type C 22 C60HB202 2P 2A mcb type B 22 C60HC45R100 RCBO 45A 100mA Type C 24 C60HB204 2P 4A mcb type B 22 C60HC45R30 RCBO 45A 30mA Type C 24 C60HB206 2P 6A mcb type B 22 C60HC45RA30 RCBO 45A 30mA Class A Type C 24 C60HB210 2P 10A mcb type B 22 C60HC6R100 RCBO 6A 100mA Type C 24 C60HB216 2P 16A mcb type B 22 C60HC6R30 RCBO 6A 30mA Type C 24 C60HB220 2P 20A mcb type B 22 C60HD101 1P 1A mcb type D 22 C60HB225 2P 25A mcb type B 22 C60HD102 1P 2A mcb type C 22 C60HB232 2P 32A mcb type B 22 C60HD104 1P 4A mcb type C 22 C60HB240 2P 40A mcb type B 22 C60HD106 1P 6A mcb type C 22 C60HB250 2P 50A mcb type B 22 C60HD110 1P 10A mcb type C 22 C60HB263 2P 63A mcb type B 22 C60HD116 1P 16A mcb type C 22 C60HB301 3P 1A mcb type B 22 C60HD120 1P 20A mcb type C 22 C60HB302 3P 2A mcb type B 22 C60HD125 1P 25A mcb type C 22 C60HB304 3P 4A mcb type B 22 C60HD132 1P 32A mcb type C 22 C60HB306 3P 6A mcb type B 22 C60HD140 1P 40A mcb type C 22 C60HB310 3P 10A mcb type B 22 C60HD150 1P 50A mcb type C 22 C60HB316 3P 16A mcb type B 22 C60HD163 1P 63A mcb type C 22 C60HB320 3P 20A mcb type B 22 C60HD201 2P 1A mcb type C 22 C60HB325 3P 25A mcb type B 22 C60HD202 2P 2A MCB 22 C60HB332 3P 32A mcb type B 22 C60HD204 2P 4A MCB 22 C60HB340 3P 40A mcb type B 22 C60HD206 2P 6A MCB 22 C60HB350 3P 50A mcb type B 22 C60HD210 2P 10A MCB 22 C60HB363 3P 63A mcb type B 22 C60HD216 2P 16A MCB 22 C60HB401 4P 1A mcb type B 22 C60HD220 2P 20A MCB 22 C60HB402 4P 2A mcb type B 22 C60HD225 2P 25A MCB 22 C60HB404 4P 4A mcb type B 22 C60HD232 2P 32A MCB 22 C60HB406 4P 6A mcb type B 22 C60HD240 2P 40A MCB 22 C60HB410 4P 10A mcb type B 22 C60HD250 2P 50A MCB 22 C60HB416 4P 16A mcb type B 22 C60HD263 2P 63A MCB 22 C60HB420 4P 20A mcb type B 22 C60HD301 3P 1A MCB 22 C60HB425 4P 25A mcb type B 22 C60HD302 3P 2A MCB 22 C60HB432 4P 32A mcb type B 22 C60HD304 3P 4A MCB 22 C60HB440 4P 40A mcb type B 22 C60HD306 3P 6A MCB 22 C60HB450 4P 50A mcb type B 22 C60HD310 3P 10A MCB 22 C60HB463 4P 63A mcb type B 22 C60HD316 3P 16A MCB 22 C60HC101 1P 1A mcb type C 22 C60HD320 3P 20A MCB 22 C60HC102 1P 2A mcb type C 22 C60HD325 3P 25A MCB 22 C60HC104 1P 4A mcb type C 22 C60HD332 3P 32A MCB 22 C60HC106 1P 6A mcb type C 22 C60HD340 3P 40A MCB 22 C60HC10R100 RCBO 10A 100MA Type C 24 C60HD350 3P 50A MCB 22 C60HC10R30 RCBO 10A 30MA Type C 24 C60HD363 3P 63A MCB 22 C60HC10RA30 RCBO 10A 30mA Class A Type C 24 MBBN24C Door and cover for MGB24N 20 C60HC110 1P 10A mcb type C 22 MG125SPEV 125A single phasing kit 19 C60HC116 1P 16A mcb type C 22 MG12EE 12 way extra earth bar 16 C60HC120 1P 20A mcb type C 22 MG16C14 Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard C60HC125 1P 25A mcb type C 22 MG16C14T Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard- top entry C60HC132 1P 32A mcb type C 22 MG16CEM4 Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W C60HC140 1P 40A mcb type C 22 MG16CEX4 Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W with metering facility C60HC150 1P 50A mcb type C 22 MG18EE 18 way extra earth bar 16 C60HC163 1P 63A mcb type C 22 MG24EE 24 way extra earth bar 16 C60HC16R100 RCBO 16A 100MA TypeC 24 MG250SPEV 250A single phasing kit 19 C60HC16R30 RCBO 16A 30MA Type C 24 MG25C2 Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways C60HC16RA30 RCBO 16A 30mA Class A Type C 24 MG25C2M Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways with metering facility C60HC201 2P 1A mcb type C 22 MG25C4 Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways C60HC202 2P 2A mcb type C 22 MG25C4M Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways with metering facility C60HC204 2P 4A mcb type C 22 MG25EXC Panelboard extension box for MG25P2 C60HC206 2P 6A mcb type C 22 MG25FCC2 Powerpact 4 door & cover 9 way C60HC20R100 RCBO 20A 100MA Type C 24 MG25FCC4 Powerpact 4 door & cover 13 way C60HC20R30 RCBO 20A 30MA Type C 24 MG2C13 Panelboard 250A 13 way C60HC20RA30 RCBO 20A 30mA Class A Type C 24 MG2C250FS Powerpact 4 fuse incomer for 250A C60HC210 2P 10A mcb type C 22 MG2C5 Panelboard 250A 5 way C60HC216 2P 16A mcb type C 22 MG2C7 Panelboard 250A 7 way C60HC220 2P 20A mcb type C 22 MG2C9 Panelboard 250A 9 way C60HC225 2P 25A mcb type C 22 MG36EE 36 way extra earth bar 16 C60HC232 2P 32A mcb type C 22 MG48EE 48 way extra earth bar 16 C60HC240 2P 40A mcb type C 22 MG54EE 54 way extra earth bar 16 C60HC250 2P 50A mcb type C 22 MG64M Powerpact 4 400A metering kit C60HC263 2P 63A mcb type C 22 MG66M Powerpact 4 630A metering kit C60HC301 3P 1A mcb type C 22 MG6C12 Panelboard 630A 36 SP ways

204 Index By part number

Part Description Page No.Part Description Page No.

MG6C18 Panelboard 630A 54 SP ways MGBN12PE pan ass 12 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115 MG6C6 Panelboard 630A 18 SP ways MGBN12PS pan ass 12 way TP&N black sliders 114 MG6CEX Panelboard top/bott 200mm extension MGBN12SXP 51 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125 MG6FCC12 Cover 630A 36 way panelboard MGBN12SXS 51 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125 MG6FCC18 Cover 630A 54 way panelboard MGBN16 16 way TP Distribution Board 12 MG6FCC6 Cover 630A 18 way panelboard MGBN16C Door and cover for MGB16N 20 MG6PAC12 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 36 SP ways MGBN16E pan ass 16 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MG6PAC18 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 54 SP ways MGBN16HDGK 16 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13 MG6PAC24 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 72 SP ways MGBN16P B board replacement pan ass 16 way 20 MG6PAC30 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 90 SP ways MGBN16PE pan ass 16 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115 MG6PAC6 Outgoing pan assembly 630A 18 SP ways MGBN16PS pan ass 16 way TP&N black sliders 114 MG6PACN Incoming pan assembly 630A MGBN16SXP 68 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125 MG6PAFC12 Cover 630/800A 36 way pan assembly MGBN16SXS 68 way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125 MG6PAFC18 Cover 630/800A 54 way pan assembly MGBN18 18 way TP&N metal distribution board 12 MG6PAFC6 Cover 630/800A 18 way pan assembly MGBN18C Door and cover for MGB18N 20 MG6PANKIT 18 way neutral bar kit 630A MGBN18E pan ass 18 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MG72EE 72 way extra earth bar 12,19 MGBN18P B board replacement pan ass 18 way 20 MG88M Powerpact 4 800A metering kit MGBN18PS pan ass 18 way TP&N black sliders 114 MG8C12 Panelboard 800A 12 way MGBN24 24 way TP Distribution Board 12 MG8C12T Panelboard 800A 12 way top entry MGBN24E pan ass 24 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MG8C18 Panelboard 800A 18 way MGBN24P B board replacement pan ass 24 way 20 MG8C18T Panelboard 800A 18 way top entry MGBN24PE pan ass 24 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115 MG8C6 Panelboard 800A 6 way MGBN24PS pan ass 24 way TP&N black sliders 114 MG8C6T Panelboard 800A 6 way top entry MGBN24SXP 85 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125 MG8FCC12 Cover for 800A 36 way panelboard MGBN24SXS 85 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125 MG8FCC18 Cover for 800A 54 way panelboard MGBN4 4 way TP Distribution Board 12 MG8FCC6 Cover for 800A 18 way panelboard MGBN4C Door and cover for MGB4N 20 MG8PAC12 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 36 SP ways MGBN4E pan ass 4 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MG8PAC18 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 54 SP ways MGBN4P B board replacement pan ass 4 way 20 MG8PAC24 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 72 SP ways MGBN4PS pan ass 4 way TP&N black sliders 114 MG8PAC30 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 90 SP ways MGBN4SXP 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125 MG8PAC6 Outgoing pan assembly 800A 18 SP ways MGBN4SXS 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125 MG8PACN3 Incoming pan assembly NS800 3P MGBN6 6 way TP Distribution Board 12 MG8PACN4 Incoming pan assembly NS800 4P MGBN6C Doo and cover for MGB6N 20 MG8PANKIT 18 way neutral bar kit 800A MGBN6E pan ass 6 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MGACE Clean earth kit A 11 MGBN6HDGK 6 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13 MGALK M4 & M6 Allen key kit 11 MGBN6P B board replacement pan ass 6 way 20 MGAN1010MS 10 way + 5 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBN6PE pan ass 6 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115 MGAN12 12 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGBN6PS pan ass 6 way TP&N black sliders 114 MGAN1228MS 12 way+14 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBN8 8 way TP Distribution Board 12 MGAN126MS 12 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBN8C Door and cover for MGB8N 20 MGAN12C Door and cover for MGA12N 20 MGBN8E pan ass 8 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MGAN12FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGBN8HDGK 8 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13 MGAN12P A board replacement pan ass 12 way 20 MGBN8P B board replacement pan ass 8 way 20 MGAN12PS pan ass 12 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGBN8PE pan ass 8 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate 115 MGAN15 15 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGBN8PS pan ass 8 way TP&N black sliders 114 MGAN15C Door and cover for MGA15N 20 MGBN8SXP 34 SP way steel encl plain front cover 16,125 MGAN15FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGBN8SXS 34 SP way steel enclslotted front cover 16,125 MGAN15P A board replacement pan ass 15 way 20 MGBNBCE25 Spare earth/clean earth B boards 19 MGAN15PS pan ass 15 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGBNBCE7 Spare earth/clean earth B boards 19 MGAN23 23 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGBNEX034N 34 way mod extension box 17 MGAN23C Door and cover for MGA23N 20 MGBNEXA15N 15 way SP&N extension box 17 MGAN24FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGBNEXN Type B board extension box + plain cover 17 MGAN416MS 4 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBNGPN Isobar 4 B board top/bottom gland plate 18 MGAN46DS 4 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 MGBNKWH Kilowatt Hour Metering kit for MG B 17 MGAN46SL 4+6 way SP&N split load dist. board 8 MGBNSJK Side joining kit 12,19 MGAN48SL 4+8 way SP&N split load dist. board 8 MGBNTJKN Joining kit B board top/bottom 12,19 MGAN520MS 5 way + 10 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGBNWL B board self labels 18 MGAN6 6 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGE0632C Enclosed MCCB 63A 2P MGAN66DS 6 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 MGE0633C Enclosed MCCB 63A 3P MGAN66SL 6+6 way SP&N split load dist. board 8 MGE0634C Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P MGAN6C Door and cover for MGA6N 20 MGE0634EC Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P + earth fault MGAN6FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGE1002C Enclosed MCCB 100A 2P MGAN6P A board replacement pan ass 6 way 20 MGE1003C Enclosed MCCB 100A 3P MGAN6PS pan ass 6 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGE1003SC Enclosed switch disconnector 100A 3P MGAN716MS 7 way + 8 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGE1004C Enclosed MCCB 100A 4P MGAN76DS 7 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board 9 MGE1004EC Enc MCCB 100A 4P + earth fault MGAN9 9 way SP Distribution Board 8 MGE1004SC Enc switch disconnector 100A 4P MGAN912MS 9 way + 6 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGE1004SEC Enclosed switch 100A 4P + earth fault MGAN96MS 9 way + 3 SP way DIN rail dist. board 9 MGE1252C Enclosed MCCB 125A 2P MGAN9C Door and cover for MGA9N 20 MGE1253C Enclosed MCCB 125A 3P MGAN9FK Flush mounting kit for A type 11 MGE1254C Enclosed MCCB 125A 4P MGAN9P A board replacement pan ass 9 way 20 MGE1254EC Enclosed switch 125A 4P + earth fault MGAN9PS pan ass 9 way SP&N black sliders 114 MGE1602C Enclosed MCCB 160A 2P MGANWL A board spare labels 11 MGE1603C Enclosed MCCB 160A 3P MGBGPEXN Gland plate for Isobar 4 extension box 18 MGE1603SC Enclosed switch 160A 3P MGBL Key lock for new Isobar door catch 11,15,18,124 MGE1604C Enclosed MCCB 160A 4P MGBN100CCI Isobar 4 contactor incomer kit 17 MGE1604EC Enc MCCB 160A 4P + earth fault MGBN12 12 way TP Distribution Board 12 MGE1604SC Enclosed switch 160A 4P MGBN12C Doo and cover for MGB12N 20 MGE1604SEC Enclosed switch 160A 4P + earth fault MGBN12E pan ass 12 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate 115 MGE2003C Enclosed MCCB 200A 3P MGBN12HDGK 12 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board 13 MGE2004C Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P MGBN12P B board replacement pan ass 12 way 20 MGE2004EC Enclosed MCCB 200A 4P + earth fault

205 Index By part number

PartDescription Page No. PartDescription Page No.

MGE2503C Enclosed MCCB 250A 3P MGFS3153C Fuse switch disconnector 315A TP&N MGE2503SC Enclosed switch 250A 3P MGFS4003C Fuse switch disconnector 400A TP&N MGE2504C Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P MGFS5003C Fuse switch disconnector 500A TP&N MGE2504EC Enclosed MCCB 250A 4P + earth fault MGFS6303C Fuse switch disconnector 630A TP&N MGE2504SC Enclosed switch 250A 4P MGFX100C Cable box 100A MGE2504SEC Enclosed switch 250A 4P + earth fault MGFX160C Cable box 160A MGE4003C Enclosed MCCB 400A 3P MGFX250C Cable box 250A MGE4003SC Enclosed switch 400A 3P MGFX500C Cable box 315/400/500A MGE4004C Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P MGFX630C Cable box 630A MGE4004EC Enclosed MCCB 400A 4P + earth fault MGFZ160 Fuse switch connection kit 100, 160A MGE4004SC Enclosed switch 400A 4P MGFZ250 Fuse switch connection kit 250A MGE4004SEC Enclosed switch 400A 4P + earth fault MGFZ630 Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A bottom MGE6303C Enclosed MCCB 630A 3P MGFZ630T Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A top MGE6303SC Enclosed switch 630A 3P MGI1252 125A 2P switch disconnector 10 MGE6304C Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P MGI1253N 125A 3P switch disconnector 14 MGE6304EC Enclosed MCCB 630A 4P + earth fault MGI1254 125A 4P switch disconnector 14 MGE6304SC Enclosed switch 630A 4P MGK33 2 keys for distribution board & panelboard 18 MGE6304SEC Enclosed switch 630A 4P + earth fault MGLA Locking attachment 28 MGES063 Enclosed Interpact 63A MGLAP Padlock for MGLA 28 MGES063R Enclosed Interpact 63A red/yellow handle MGN16DE 16 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124 MGES100 Enclosed Interpact 100A MGN22DE 22 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124 MGES100R Enclosed Interpact 100A red/yellow handle MGN28DE 28 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124 MGES160 Enclosed Interpact 160A MGN34DE 34 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124 MGES160R Enclosed Interpact 160A red/yellow handle MGN56DE 56 MOD steel enclosure 11, 124 MGES250 Enclosed Interpact 250A MGNA12 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES250R Enclosed Interpact 250A red/yellow handle MGNA15 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES320 Enclosed Interpact 320A MGNA24 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES320R Enclosed Interpact 320A red/yellow handle MGNA4 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES400 Enclosed Interpact 400A MGNA6 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES400R Enclosed Interpact 400A red/yellow handle MGNA7 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES500 Enclosed Interpact 500A MGNA9 Distributed neutral kit 11 MGES500R Enclosed Interpact 500A red/yellow handle MGNB12 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGES630 Enclosed Interpact 630A MGNB16 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGES630R Enclosed Interpact 630A red/yellow handle MGNB18 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGEX160C Safepact extension 100mm 63 - 250A MGNB24 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGEX250C Safepact extension 200mm 63 - 250A MGNB4 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGEX630C Safepact extension 200mm 630A MGNB6 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGFA0201C Switch disconnector fuse 20A SP&SwN MGNB8 Distributed neutral kit 19 MGFA0203C Switch disconnector fuse 20A TP&N MGNCB1004 100A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15 MGFA0321C Switch disconnector fuse 32A SP&SwN MGNCB1604 160A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15 MGFA0323C Switch disconnector fuse 32A TP&N MGNCB2004 200A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15 MGFA0631C Switch disconnector fuse 63A SP&SwN MGNCB2504 250A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer 15 MGFA0633C Switch disconnector fuse 63A TP&N MGNDSI Dual incoming unit for B board 15 MGFA1001C Switch disconnector fuse 100A SP&SwN MGNI1603 160A 3P+N switch disconnector incomer 14 MGFA1003C Switch disconnector fuse 100A TP&N MGNI1604 160A 4P switch disconnector 14 MGFB20007C Busbar chamber 200A 750mm MGNI160RCCB 160A switch disconnector + earth fault 14 MGFB20012C Busbar chamber 200A 1200mm MGNI2003 200A 3P switch disconnector 14 MGFB20018C Busbar chamber 200A 1800mm MGNI2004 200A 4P switch disconnector 14 MGFB40007C Busbar chamber 400A 750mm MGNI2254 225A 4P switch disconnector 14 MGFB40012C Busbar chamber 400A 1200mm MGNI2503 250A 3P switch disconnector 14 MGFB40018C Busbar chamber 400A 1800mm MGNI2504 250A 4P switch disconnector 14 MGFB63007C Busbar chamber 630A 750mm MGNPBN250TB 250A terminal block w/o extension box X MGFB63012C Busbar chamber 630A 1200mm MGP0161 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 1P MGFB63018C Busbar chamber 630A 1800mm MGP0162 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 2P MGFC200 Busbar cable connection kit 200A MGP0163 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 3P MGFC400 Busbar cable connection kit 400A MGP0164 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 4P MGFC630 Busbar cable connection kit 630A MGP0251 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 1P MGFD1003C Switch disconnector 100A TP&N MGP0252 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 2P MGFD1603C Switch disconnector 160A TP&N MGP0253 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 3P MGFD2503C Switch disconnector 250A TP&N MGP0254 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 4P MGFD4003C Switch disconnector 400A TP&N MGP0301 Powerpact 4 MCCB 30A 1P MGFD5003C Switch disconnector 500A TP&N MGP0302 Powerpact 4 MCCB 30A 2P MGFD6303C Switch disconnector# 630A TP&N MGP0323 Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 3P MGFK200 Busbar interconnection kit 200A MGP0324 Powerpact 4 MCCB 32A 4P MGFK400 Busbar interconnection kit 400A MGP0401 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 1P MGFK630 Busbar interconnection kit 630A MGP0402 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 2P MGFL0201C Switch disconnector 20A SP&SwN MGP0403 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 3P MGFL0203C Switch disconnector 20A TP&N MGP0404 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 4P MGFL0321C Switch disconnector 32A SP&SwN MGP0631 Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 1P MGFL0323C Switch disconnector 32A TP&N MGP0632 Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 2P MGFL0631C Switch disconnector 63A SP&SwN MGP0633 Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 3P MGFL0633C Switch disconnector 63A TP&N MGP0634 Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 4P MGFL1001C Switch disconnector 100A SP&SwN MGP0801 Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 1P MGFL1003C Switch disconnector 100A TP&N MGP0802 Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 2P MGFQ100 Set of 3 copper links 100A MGP0803 Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 3P MGFQ160 Set of 3 copper links 160A MGP0804 Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 4P MGFQ250 Set of 3 copper links 250A MGP1001 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 1P MGFQ400 Set of 3 copper links 400A MGP1002 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 2P MGFQ630 Set of 3 copper links 630A MGP1003 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P MGFS1003C Fuse switch disconnector 100A TP&N MGP1003NA Powerpact 4 100A 3P switch disconnector MGFS1603C Fuse switch disconnector 160A TP&N MGP1004 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P MGFS2003C Fuse switch disconnector 200A TP&N MGP1004NA Powerpact 4 100A 4P switch disconnector MGFS2503C Fuse switch disconnector 250A TP&N MGP1013 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 3P

206 Index By part number

Part Description Page No.Part Description Page No.

MGP1014 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 4P MGTB2504 250A 4P terminal block 15 MGP1251 Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 1P MGV250102 25A 10MA 2P Vigi 23 MGP1252 Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 2P MGV630302 63A 30MA 2P Vigi 23 MGP1253 Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 3P MGV630304 63A 30MA 4P Vigi 23 MGP1254 Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 4P MGV631002 63A 100MA 2P Vigi 23 MGP1601 Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 1P MGV633002 63A 300MA 2P Vigi 23 MGP1602 Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 2P MGV633004 63A 300MA 4P Vigi 23 MGP1603 Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 3P MSIS95AN 250A Incoming components for MG pan assembley 115 MGP1603NA Powerpact 4 160A 3P switch disconnector NKIT Pack of 4 neutral links 11,19,21 MGP1604 Powerpact 4 MCCB 160A 4P PM700 PowerLogic Meter 43 MGP1604NA Powerpact 4 160A 4P switch disconnector PM700P PowerLogic Meter 43 MGP2003 Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 3P PM710 PowerLogic Meter 43 MGP2004 Powerpact 4 MCCB 200A 4P PRGPM Gland plate metal 127 MGP2503 Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P RMG1000302 100A 30MA 2P RCD 10,74 MGP2503LL Powerpact 4 lug unit 3P RMG1001002 100A 100MA 2P RCD 74 MGP2503NA Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector RMG1001002S 2P 100A 100MA 10,74 MGP2503NAT Powerpact 4 250A 3P switch disconnector RMG1003002 100A 300MA 2P RCD 74 MGP2503T Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 3P RMG160102 16A 10MA 2P RCD 74 MGP2504 Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P RMG250102 25A 10MA 2P 74 MGP2504LL Powerpact 4 lug unit 4P RMG250302 25A 30MA 2P RCD 74 MGP2504NA Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector RMG250304 25A 30MA 4P RCD 74 MGP2504NAT Powerpact 4 250A 4P switch disconnector RMG253004 25A 300MA 4P RCD 74 MGP2504T Powerpact 4 MCCB 250A 4P RMG400302 40A 30MA 2P RCB 74 MGP250NL Powerpact 4 neutral link 250A RMG400304 40A 30MA 4P RCD 74 MGP4003 Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P RMG403002 40A 300MA 2P RCB 74 MGP4003NA Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector RMG403004 40A 300MA 4P RCD 74 MGP4003NAT Powerpact 4 400A 3P switch disconnector RMG630302 63A 30MA 2P RCB 10,74 MGP4003T Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 3P RMG630304 63A 30MA 4P RCD 10,74 MGP4004 Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P RMG631002 63A 100MA 2P RCB 10,74 MGP4004NA Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector RMG631004 63A 100MA 4P RCD 10,74 MGP4004NAT Powerpact 4 400A 4P switch disconnector RMG633002 63A 300MA 2P RCD 10,74 MGP4004T Powerpact 4 MCCB 400A 4P RMG633004 63A 300MA 4P RCD 10,74 MGP6303 Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P RMG800302 80A 30MA 2P RCD 10,74 MGP6303NA Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector RMG801002 80A 100MA 2P RCD 10,74 MGP6303NAT Powerpact 4 630A 3P switch disconnector RMG803002 80A 300MA 2P RCD 10,74 MGP6303T Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 3P 2499 Aerosol paint - RAL7032 128 MGP6304 Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P 2504 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 132 MGP6304NA Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector 2505 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 132 MGP6304NAT Powerpact 4 630A 4P switch disconnector 2506 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 132 MGP6304T Powerpact 4 MCCB 630A 4P 2507 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 132 MGP630NL Powerpact 4 neutral link 630A 2508 850x640x300mm eenclosure and door 132 MGP8003B5 Powerpact 4 800A 3P incoming 2510 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door 132 MGP8003NA Powerpact 4 800A 3P switch disconnector 2514 430x330x200mm enclosure and door 132 MGP8004B5 Powerpact 4 800A 4P incoming 2515 530x430x200mm enclosure and door 132 MGP8004NA Powerpact 4 800A 4P switch disconnector 2516 650x440x250mm enclosure and door 132 MGPBB25 Powerpact 4 25mm blank plate 2517 750x540x300mm enclosure and door 132 MGPBBP Powerpact 4 SP blank plate 2518 850x640x300mm enclosure and door 132 MGPC2025 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 250W 2520 1055x850x350mm enclosure and door 132 MGPC2050 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 500W 2521 External wall fixing lugs 132 MGPC4025 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 250W 2524 Chassis for 430mm high enclosure 132 MGPC4050 PP4 Panelboard corner unit 400H x 500W 2525 Chassis for 530mm high enclosure 132 MGPCH12 Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 12 way 2526 Chassis for 650mm high enclosure 132 MGPCH18 Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 18 way 2527 Chassis for 750mm high enclosure 132 MGPCH6 Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 6 way 2528 Chassis for 850mm high enclosure 132 MGPCM12L 12 way left hand metering box 2530 Chassis for 1055mm high enclosure 132 MGPCM12R 12 way right hand metering box 2554 Variable sliders for 200mm enclosure 132 MGPCM18L 18 way left hand metering box 2556 Variable sliders for 250mm enclosure 132 MGPCM18R 18 way right hand metering box 2557 Variable sliders for 300mm enclosure 132 MGPCM6L 6 way left hand metering box 2560 Variable sliders for 350mm enclosure 132 MGPCM6R 6 way right hand metering box 4012 2P 1P+N Multiclip distribution block 116 MGPE0163 Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 16kA 3P 4013 3P Multiclip distribution block 116 MGPE0253 Powerpact 4 MCCB 25A 16kA 3P 4014 4P 3P+1N Multiclip distribution block 116 MGPE0403 Powerpact 4 MCCB 40A 16kA 3P 4583 Enclosure 300x250x150mm + door 128 MGPE0633 Powerpact 4 MCCB 63A 16kA 3P 4584 Enclosure 400x300x200mm + door 128 MGPE0803 Powerpact 4 MCCB 80A 16kA 3P 4585 Enclosure 500x400x200mm + door 128 MGPE1003 Powerpact 4 MCCB 100A 16kA 3P 4586 Enclosure 600x400x200mm + door 128 MGPE1253 Powerpact 4 MCCB 125A 16kA 3P 4587 Enclosure 700x500x200mm + door 128 MGPGPC8 Gland pl for Powerpact 4 630/800A 4588 Enclosure 800x600x250mm + door 128 MGPINC Powerpact 4 direct incomer 630A 4590 Enclosure 1000x800x250mm + door 128 MGPL Padlock with 2 keys 76 4629 Enclosure external + lugs 128 MGPLSK Spare key 76 5056 Enc stackable spacers, H=55mm 138 MGPP4S007 Powerpact 4 door lock up to 800A 5114 Enclosure clip-on nuts, M4 (x20) 132 MGPXC206 Powerpact 4 MG6P6 250mm extension 5115 Enclosure clip-on nuts, M5 (x20) 132 MGPXC212 Powerpact 4 MG6P12 250mm extension 5116 Enclosure clip-on nuts, M6 (x20) 132 MGPXC218 Powerpact 4 MG6P18 250mm extension 5196 UT enclosure key lock handle + 2 keys 128 MGPXC506 Powerpact 4 MG6P6 500mm extension 5224 Enclosure stack spacers,M8,H=50mm 132 MGPXC512 Powerpact 4 MG6P21 500mm extension 5502 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 7 mod. 129 MGPXC518 Powerpact 4 MG6P18 500mm extension 5503 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 11 mod. 129 MGPXCA6 Powerpact 4 ICDSN unit for 6 way 5504 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 15 mod 129 MGPXCB12 Panelboard ICDSN unit for 12 way 5505 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 19 mod 129 MGTB1001 100A 1P terminal block 18 5506 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 23 mod 129 MGTB1252 125A 2P terminal block 10 5507 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 27 mod 129 MGTB1254 125A 4P terminal block 15 5508 Prisma GK W-M enclosure 33 mod 129

207 Index By part number

Part Description Page No. PartDescription Page No.

5532 Prisma GK plain door 7 mod. 129 13589 IP2 cover for block blue 16 131 5533 Prisma GK plain door 11 mod. 129 13600 Sloping terminal block support 131 5534 Prisma GK plain door 15 mod. 129 13625 Key lock for IP55 pragma c/d 130 5535 Prisma GK plain door 19 mod. 129 13665 Pragma C enclosure lock + key 126 5536 Prisma GK plain door 23 mod. 129 13730 Blanking strip grey 10x5 Mod 128,132 5537 Prisma GK plain door 27 mod. 129 13811 1 row Pragma metal enclosure 127 5538 Prisma GK plain door 33 mod. 129 13812 2 row Pragma metal enclosure 127 5542 Prisma GK trans. Door 7 mod. 129 13813 3 row Pragma metal enclosure 127 5543 Prisma GK trans. Door 11 mod. 129 13814 4 row Pragma enclosure 127 5544 Prisma GK trans. Door 15 mod. 129 13815 5 row Pragma enclosure 127 5545 Prisma GK trans. Door 19 mod. 129 13816 6 row Pragma enclosure 127 5546 Prisma GK trans. Door 23 mod. 129 13841 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 5547 Prisma GK trans. Door 27 mod. 129 13842 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 5548 Prisma GK trans. Door 33 mod. 129 13843 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 5557 Canopy W600 + hardware 129 13844 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 5580 Prisma GK handle + 2 key 129 13845 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 6619 5 Pratic adaptors 119 13846 6 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7046 12x2 mm flat bar, L=461mm 116 13851 1 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7802 plain front plate 2 mod 129 13852 2 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7803 Plain front plate, 3 mod 129 13853 3 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7804 Plain front plate, 4 mod 129 13854 4 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7805 Plain front plate, 5 mod 129 13855 5 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7806 Plain front plate, 6 mod 129 13856 6 row Pragma enclosure + door 127 7813 Prisma front plate 3 mods 129 13861 Interpact mounting/front plate 127 7814 Prisma front plate 4 mod 129 13863 NS mounting plate & front plate 127 9211 Perforated mounting plate 300 128,129 13864 Pragma slotted mounting plate 127 9214 Perforated mounting plate 400 128,129 13866 Connections to Polybloc 127 9218 Perforated mounting plate 500 128,129 13871 1 row plain front plate 127 9219 Perforated mounting plate 600 128,129 13875 160A connection blocks 127 9220 Perforated mounting plate 700 128,129 13876 Earth/neutral terminal block 127 9224 Perforated mounting plate 800 128,129 13877 Enclosure door lock key No. 405 127 9228 Perforated mounting plate 1000 128,129 13879 Label strip 24 pole 127 9231 Plain mounting plate 300x200 128,129 13880 Enclosure touch up paint 127 9234 Plain mounting plate 400x300 128,129 13947 Kaedra sealing kit 77,131 9238 Plain mounting plate 500x400 128,129 13948 Lock & key for IP65 Mini Pragma 77,131 9239 Plain mounting plate 600x400 128,129 14181 4 wall mounting brackets 77,131 9240 Plain mounting plate 700x500 128,129 14190 Glands for Kaedra 77,131 9244 Plain mounting plate 800x600 128,129 14210 Prisma P window 10 mod 119 9248 Plain mounting plate 1000x800 128,129 14211 Prisma P DIN rail support 10 mod 119 9251 Vertical uprights 400 nominal 128,129 14599 4 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 77,189 9252 Vertical uprights 500 nominal 128,129 14603 5 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 77,189 9253 Vertical uprights 600 nominal 128,129 14801 1P comb busbar, 108x9mm 117 9254 Vertical uprights 700 nominal 128,129 14802 2P comb busbar, 108x9mm 117 9255 Vertical uprights 800 nominal 128,129 14803 3P comb busbar, 108x9mm 117 9257 Vertical uprights 1000 nomina 128,129 14804 3P+N comb busbar, 108x9mm 117 9263 4 Multi fix rails 300 nominal 128,129 14811 1P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 109,117 9264 4 Multi fix rails 400 nominal 128,129 14812 2P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 109,117 9265 4 Multi fix rails 500 nominal 128,129 14813 3P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 109,117 9266 4 Multi fix rails 600 nominal 128,129 14814 4P comb busbar, 27mm pitch 109,117 9268 4 Multi fix rails 800 nominal 128,129 14818 Comb busbar end and tooth caps 109,117 9917 Set of screw 128,129 14880 1P+N comb busbar, 26x9mm 81,117 10901 1 row Pragma C IP40 + door 126 14881 1P comb busbar, 24x9mm 117 10902 2 row Pragma C IP40 + door 126 14882 2P comb busbar, 24x9mm 117 10903 3 row Pragma C IP40 + door 126 14883 3P comb busbar, 24x9mm 117 10904 4 row Pragma C IP40 + door 126 14884 4P comb busbar, 24x9mm 117 10911 1 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14885 4 25mm2 insulated connectors 81,117 10912 2 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14886 End caps 1P/2P/1P+N comb x40 117 10913 3 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14887 End caps 3P/4P/3P+N comb x40 117 10914 4 row Pragma C IP40 + Door 126 14888 Tooth caps for comb teeth x40 117 13392 2 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14890 Comb busbar, 1 P + N, 48x9mm 81,117 13394 4 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14891 1P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 117 13396 6 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14892 2P comb busbar 2x48mm 117 13398 8 SP way Mini Opale enclosure 77,124 14893 3P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 117 13429 Blanking/label 10x5 way 127 14894 4P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm 117 13430 Blanking strip 24 way 127 14915 Symm/asym rail stops(x10) 118 13441 Kaedra 4 mod ins enclosure IP65 77,131 14936 1P terminal block 118 13442 Kaedra 6 mod ins enclosure IP65 77,131 14937 2P terminal block 118 13443 Kaedra 8 mod ins enclosure IP65 77,131 14938 1P terminal block 118 13444 Kaedra 12 mod ins enclosure IP65 77,131 14939 2P terminal block 118 13512 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 117 14949 140A 12 hole stepped terminals 117 13514 125A 4P multi-stage distribution block 117 14962 80A 4 hole connection strip 118 13575 80A, 4 hole strip terminal block 126,130,131 14963 80A 7 hole connection strip 118 13576 80A terminal bock 8 hole 126,130,131 14964 80A 11 hole connection strip 118 13577 80A terminal bock 16 hole 126,130,131 14965 125A,14 hole connection strip 118 13578 80A, 22 hole strip terminal block 126,130,131 14975 80A 4 hole distribution block 118 13579 80A terminal bock 32 hole 126,130,131 14976 125A 6 hole distribution block 118 13581 80A terminal bock 32 hole 126,130,131 14977 125A 10 hole distribution block 118 13582 4/8 hole terminal block yell/gr cover 131 14979 125A 14 hole distribution block 118 13583 IP2 cover for terminal block grn 131 14989 Blue & yellow/green ident cards 118 13584 4/8 hole terminal block red cover 131 15005 20A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 13585 IP2 cover for terminal block red 131 15006 20A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 13586 8 hole terminal block blue cover 131 15007 20A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 13587 IP2 cover for block blue 16 131 15008 20A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33

208 Index By part number

Part Description Page No.Part Description Page No.

15009 32A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15513 16A 1P 24vac coil TL relay 53 15010 32A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 15514 16A 1P 12Vac coil TL relay 53 15011 32A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15515 32A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 53 15012 32A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15516 TLM impulse relay 53 15013 63A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15517 TLS impulse relay 53 15014 63A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 15518 TLC impulse relay 53 15015 63A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15520 16A 2P 230 - 240vac coil TL relay 53 15016 63A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15521 16A 2P 130Vac 48Vdc relay 53 15019 40A 4P I switch disconector 33 15522 16A 2P 48Vac 24Vdc relay 53 15020 40A 2P I switch disconector 33 15523 16A 2P 24Vac coil TL relay 53 15023 40A 3P I switch disconector 33 15524 16A 2P 12vac coil TL relay 53 15024 40A SP I switch disconector 32 15525 TLc impulse relay 24Vac 53 15057 125A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15526 TLc impulse relay 48Vac 53 15059 125A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15527 TLs impulse relay 24Vac 12Vdc 53 15060 125A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15528 TLs impulse relay 48Vac 24Vdc 53 15063 20A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 32 15530 ETL 230 - 240Vac coil aux for Tl/TLI 53 15064 20A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 33 15531 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc ETL relay 53 15090 100A 1P (I) switch disconnector 32 15532 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc ETL relay 53 15091 100A 2P (I) switch disconnector 33 15533 ETL 24Vac coil aux for TL/TLI 53 15092 100A 3P (I) switch disconnector 33 15534 16A 1P 12Vac 6Vdc ETL relay 53 15093 100A 4P (I) switch disconnector 33 15535 10A (AC1) 240Vac RLI relay 48 15094 Terminal shield (1P PR) for 100A 33 15536 10A (AC1) 48Vac RLI relay 48 15096 I switch disconnr auxiliary switch 33 15537 10A (AC1) 24Vac RLI relay 48 15100 32A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 32 15538 10A (AC1) 12Vac RLI relay 48 15101 32A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r 33 15539 10A (AC1) 240Vac ERL extension 48 15125 CMV voltmeter selector switch 64 15540 10A (AC1) 48Vac ERL extension 48 15126 CMA ammeter selector switch 64 15541 10A (AC1) 24Vac ERL extension 48 15151 Device holder - 22mm 42 15542 10A (AC1)12Vac ERL extension 48 15152 Device holder - Universal 42 15636 1 pole STI fuse carier 36 15196 PM9 Multimeter 63 15646 1 pole and neutral STI fuse carier 36 15201 0 - 600Vac digital voltmeter 62 15651 2 pole STI fuse carrier 36 15202 0 - 10A digital ammeter 62 15656 3 pole STI fuse carier 36 15208 20 - 100Hz digital frequency meter 62 15658 3 pole and neutral STI fuse carier 36 15209 Digital Ammeter range 0 - 5000A 62 15668 Blown fuse indicator 36 15212 240 - 8 - 12Vac 16VA bell transformer 34 15687 PF30 10kA 1P+N surge arrester 38 15213 240 - 8 - 12Vac 4VA bell transformer 34 15688 PF30 10kA 3P+N surge arrester 38 15214 Bell transformer 4VA 230 / 8 v 34 15689 PF30r 10kA 1P+N surge arrester 38 15215 Bell transformer 25VA 230 / 12 - 24 v 34 15690 PF30r 10kA 3P+N surge arrester 38 15216 240 - 8 - 12Vac 8VA bell transformer 34 15692 PF15 5kA 1P+N surge arrester 38 15218 240 - 12/24Vac 16VA transformer 34 15693 PF15 5kA 3P+N surge arrester 38 15219 240 - 12/24Vac 25VA transformer 34 15695 PF8 2kA 1P+N surge arrester 38 15220 240 - 12/24Vac 40VA transformer 34 15696 PF8 2kA 3P+N surge arrester 38 15222 240 - 12/24Vac 63VA transformer 34 15720 1 channel IHP time switch 56 15233 MINp Delay off timer 58 15721 1 channel IHP time switch 56 15266 IC2000P light level time switch 59 15722 2 channel IHP time switch 56 15268 Photo cell for IC2000 59 15723 2 channel IHP time switch 56 15270 Multi function time switch 57 15775 2A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 36 15280 Memory for MF timeswitch 15270 57 15776 4A gG fuse links 10.3x38 36 15281 Photo cell for IC2000 59 15777 6A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 36 15284 IC200 light sensing switch 59 15779 10A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm 36 15319 63A contactor 2NO+1NC 240V coil 46 15840 TH6 thermostat 71 15320 SO bell 220/240 Volt 35 15841 TH3 thermostat 71 15321 SO bell 12 Volt 35 15845 TH6 thermostat ground probe 71 15322 RO buzzer 220/240 Volt 35 15846 TH6 thermostat ambient probe 71 15323 RO buzzer 12 Volt 35 15847 TH6 thermostat outdoor probe 71 15335 24HR analogue time switch 55 15848 TH6 thermostat collar probe 71 15336 24HR analogue time switch 55 15854 IHP 18mm I channel 56 15337 IH 1c 24hr 150hr reserve 2 chan'l 55 15914 ACTo+F add on aux contact 47 15338 IH 60 minute analogue time switch 55 15917 ACTt add on time delay unit 47 15359 MIN timer terminal shield 58 15919 ACTp filter 24V devices 47 15363 MIN time switch 1 - 7mins 58 15920 ACTp filter 240V devices 47 15365 IH 24 hour analogue time switch 55 15921 25A 3/4P contactor screw shield 46 15366 IH 24 hour + 7 day analogue 55 15922 40/63A 2P contactor screw shield 46 15367 IH 7 day analogue time switch 55 15923 63A 3/4P contactor screw shield 46 15368 IC2000 light sensitive switch 59 15957 Contactor 16A 2NC 240V ac 46 15393 2A 240Vac RBN changeover relay 48 15958 25A 1P contactor 240V ac 46 15409 ATLC+S impulse relay auxiiary 54 15959 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 46 15410 ATLC+C impulse relay aux 54 15960 25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil 46 15411 ATLT impulse relay aux 54 15961 25A 3P contactor 240V coil 46 15416 RTBT interface relay 48 15962 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46 15440 Hours counter 240V 68 15963 25A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46 15443 CI Impulse counting module 68 15964 25A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 46 15464 Single phase kilowatt hour meter 67 15966 40A 2P contactor 240V coil 46 15465 Three phase kilowatt hour meter 67 15967 40A 3P contactor 240V coil 46 15466 Single phase kWH meter 67 15968 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 46 15467 Three phase kWH meter 67 15969 40A 4P contactor 240V coil 46 15500 16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 53 15971 63A 2P contactor 240V coil 46 15502 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TLI relay 53 15972 63A 3P contactor 3NO 240Vac coil 46 15503 16A 1P 24Vac coil TL relay 53 15973 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46 15505 32A 1P 230 - 240Vac ETL for TL32 53 15974 63A 4P contactor 240Vac coil 46 15510 16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay 53 15975 63A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC 46 15511 16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc TL relay 53 15977 100A 2P contactor 240V coil 46 15512 16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TL relay 53 15978 100A 4P contactor 240V coil 46

209 Index By part number

Part Description Page No. PartDescription Page No.

15981 25A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16505 CT 150/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA 70 15982 Contactor W/MANL 3NO 25A 46 16506 CT 200/5 STD 21mm ID 6VA 70 15983 25A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16509 CT 150/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA 70 15984 40A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16510 CT 200/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 7VA 70 15986 40A 4p contactor 4NO 240Vac coil 46 16511 CT 250/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 9VA 70 15987 63A 2P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16512 CT 300/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 11VA 70 15988 63A 4P contactor with manual ctrl 46 16513 CT 400/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 15VA 70 16020 25A 2P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16514 CT 500/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 18VA 70 16022 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16515 CT 600/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 21.5VA 70 16023 25A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16518 CT 250/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 5VA 70 16024 63A 2P contactor 24V coil 46 16519 CT 300/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 8VA 70 16025 63A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16520 CT 400/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA 70 16026 63A 4P contactor 24Vac coil 46 16521 CT 500/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA 70 16029 Ammeter 0 - 30A direct connection 61 16523 CT 500/5 STD 51X31/64X11 70 16030 AMP ammeter without scale 5A 61 16524 CT 600/5 STD 51X31/64X11 70 16031 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 5A 61 16528 CT 300/5 STD 65x32 slot 6VA 70 16032 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 50A 61 16529 CT 400/5 STD 65x32 slot 7.5VA 70 16033 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 75A 61 16530 CT 500/5 STD 65x32 slot 10VA 70 16034 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 100A 61 16531 CT 600/5 STD 65x32 slot 10VA 70 16035 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 150A 61 16532 CT 800/5 STD 65x32 slot 15VA 70 16036 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 200A 61 16533 CT 1000/5 STD 65x32 slot 20VA 70 16037 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 250A 61 16534 CT 1250/5 trop 65x32 slot 25VA 70 16038 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 300A 61 16535 CT 1500/5 trop 65x32 slot 30VA 70 16039 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 400A 61 16537 CT 1250/5 70 16040 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 500A 61 16538 CT 1500/5 trop 84x34 slot 20VA 70 16041 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 600A 61 16540 CT 1250/5 trop 127x38 slot 12VA 70 16042 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 800A 61 16541 CT 1500/5 trop 127x38 slot 15VA 70 16043 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 1000A 61 16542 CT 2000/5 trop 127x38 slot 20VA 70 16044 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 1500A 61 16543 CT 2500/5 trop 127x38 slot 25VA 70 16045 AMP ammeter scale 0 - 2000A 61 16544 CT 3000/5 trop 127x38 slot 30VA 70 16060 0 - 300V Modular Voltmeter 61 16545 CT 2500/5 trop 127x52 slot 50VA 70 16061 VLT voltmeter 0 - 500V 61 16547 CT 4000/5 trop 127x52 slot 80VA 70 16065 RTA time delay before ON relay 51 16548 CT 5000/5 trop 165x55 slot 60VA 70 16066 RTB time delay before OFF relay 51 16549 CT 6000/5 trop 165x55 slot 70VA 70 16067 RTC time delay before OFF relay 51 16550 copper sleeve for 21mm ID CT 70 16068 RTH time delay before OFF relay 51 16551 copper sleeve for 22mm ID CT 70 16069 RTL pulsed On and OFF timer 51 16552 CT terminal cover 70 16070 RTMF time delay relay 51 16553 CT terminal cover 70 16111 16A contactor 1NC 24Vac coil 46 16557 PRD65r 1P+N surge arrester 37 16113 16A contactor 1NO 240Vac coil 46 16558 PRD65r 3P surge arrester 37 16115 16A contactor 2NC 24Vac coil 46 16559 PRD65r 3P+N surge arrester 37 16116 16A contactor 2NC 240Vac+Man 46 16562 PRD40r 1P+N surge arrester 37 16118 16A contactor 3NC 24Vac coil 46 16563 PRD40r 3P surge arrester 37 16120 16A contactor 3NC 240Vac coil 46 16564 PRD40r 3P+N surge arrester 37 16122 16A contactor 4NC 24Vac coil 46 16567 PRD40 1P+N surge arrester 37 16124 16A contactor 4NC 240Vac coil 46 16568 PRD40 3P surge arrester 37 16126 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 24Vac 46 16569 PRD40 3P+N surge arrester 37 16127 16A contactor 1NO+1NC 240Vac 46 16572 PRD15 1P+N surge arrester 37 16129 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 24Vac 46 16573 PRD15 3P surge arrester 37 16130 16A contactor 2NO+2NC 240Vac 46 16574 PRD15 3P+N surge arrester 37 16261 80A 30mA 4P RCCB RMG 14,74 16577 PRD8 1P+N surge arrester 37 16364 IH 1c 24hr no reserve 55 16578 PRD8 3P surge arrester 37 16451 CT 50/5 trop 21mm ID 1.25VA 70 16579 PRD8 3P+N surge arrester 37 16452 CT 75/5 trop 21mm ID 1.5VA 70 16581 C65r - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37 16453 CT 100/5 trop 21mm ID 2.5VA 70 16583 C40r - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37 16454 CT 125/5 trop 21mm ID 4VA 70 16585 C40 - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37 16456 CT 200/5 trop 21mm ID 6VA 70 16587 C15 - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37 16459 CT 150/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA 70 16589 C8 - 275 surge arrester cartridge 37 16460 CT 200/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 7VA 70 16590 C neutral r surge arrester cartridge 37 16461 CT 250/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 9VA 70 16591 C neutral surge arrester cartridge 37 16462 CT 300/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 11VA 70 16627 Curr transf 250/5 51 16463 CT 400/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 15VA 70 16956 16A 2P contactor 1NO+1NC 46 16464 CT 500/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 18VA 70 16990 CDM PIR detector 60 16465 CT 600/5 trop 22ID/30x10 21.5VA 70 16992 Presence detector 60 16468 CT 250/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 5VA 70 16994 CDPt Pressence detector 60 16469 CT 300/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 8VA 70 16995 CDPt additional remote 60 16470 CT 400/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA 70 17065 ME1 kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16471 CT 500/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA 70 17066 ME1z kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16473 CT 500/5 trop 51X31/64X11 70 17067 ME1zr kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16474 CT. 600/5 TROP 51X31/64X12 70 17070 ME4 kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16476 CT 200/5 trop 65x32 slot 2VA 70 17071 6E4zr kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16477 CT 250/5 trop 65x32 slot 4VA 70 17072 ME4zrt kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16478 CT 300/5 trop 65x32 slot 6VA 70 17075 ME3 kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16479 CT 400/5 trop 65x32 slot 7.5VA 70 17076 ME3zr kilowatt hour meter 63A 67 16480 CT 500/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA 70 18030 BP Grey pushbutton 1NC 39 16481 CT 600/5 trop 65x32 slot 10VA 70 18031 BP Red pushbutton 1NC 39 16482 CT 800/5 trop 65x32 slot 15VA 70 18032 BP Grey pushbutton 1NO 39 16483 CT 1000/5 trop 65x32 slot 20VA 70 18033 BP Grey pushbutton 1NO + 1NC 39 16500 CT 40/5 trop 21mm ID 1VA 70 18034 BP Double pushbutton 1NC + 1NO 39 16501 CT 50/5 STD 21mm ID 1.25VA 70 18035 BP Double pushbutton 1NO + 1NO 39 16502 CT 75/5 STD 21mm ID 1.5VA 70 18036 Grey p/button 1NO+ light 39 16503 CT 100/5 STD 21mm ID 2.5VA 70 18037 Grey p/button 1NC+red light 39 16504 CT 125/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA 70 18038 Grey p/button 1NO+green light 39

210 Index By part number

Part Description Page No.Part Description Page No.

18039 Grey p/button 1NC+red light 39 18453 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18070 CM 2 pos 20A selector switch 39 18454 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18071 CM 2 pos 20A selector switch 39 18455 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18072 CM 2 pos 20A selector switch 39 18456 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18073 CM 3 pos 20A selector switch 39 18457 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18074 CM 3 pos 20A selector switch 39 18458 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18308 Contactor auxiliary ACTC 47 18459 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18309 Contactor auxiliary ACTC 47 18460 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18310 1P/2P TMC60 remote control 87 18461 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18311 3P/4P TMC60 remote control 87 18462 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18312 1 - 2P Tm remote control 87 18463 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18320 V 110/230Vac red indicator light 39 18464 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18321 V 110/230Vac green indicator light 39 18465 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18322 V 110/230Vac white indicator light 39 18466 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18323 V 110/230Vac blue indicator light 39 18467 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18324 V 110/230Vac yellow indicator light 39 18468 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18326 V 230Vac red flash indicator light 39 18469 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18327 3 phase indicator lights 230/400V 39 18470 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18330 V 12/48Vac/dc red indicator light 39 18471 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18331 V 12/48Vac/dc green indicator light 39 18472 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18332 V 12/48Vac/dc white indicator light 39 18473 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18333 V 12/48Vac/dc blue indicator light 39 18474 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18334 V 12/48Vac/dc yellow indicator light 39 18475 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18335 110/230Vac double indicator light 39 18476 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18394 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18477 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18395 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18478 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18396 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18479 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18397 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18480 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18398 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18481 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18399 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18482 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18400 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18483 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18401 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18484 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18402 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18485 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18403 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18486 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18404 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18487 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18405 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18488 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18406 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18489 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18407 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18490 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18408 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18491 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18409 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18492 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18410 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18493 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18411 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18494 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18412 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18495 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18413 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18496 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18414 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18497 32A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18415 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18498 40A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18416 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18499 50A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18417 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18500 63A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18418 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18501 80A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18419 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18502 100A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18420 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18503 125A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18421 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18504 10A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18422 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18505 16A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18423 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18506 20A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18424 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18507 25A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18425 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18508 32A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18426 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18509 40A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18427 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18510 50A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18428 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18511 63A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18429 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18512 80A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18430 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18513 100A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18431 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18514 125A 3P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18432 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18515 10A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18433 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18516 16A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18434 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18517 20A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18435 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18518 25A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18436 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18519 32A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18437 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type B 83 18520 40A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18438 10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18521 50A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18439 16A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18522 63A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18440 20A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18523 80A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18441 25A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18524 100A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18442 32A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18525 125A 4P 15kA C120H MCB Type D 83 18443 40A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18526 C120 MCB terminal shield 90 18444 50A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18527 C120 MCB terminal screw shield 90 18445 63A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18528 Rear connection terminal + shield 91 18446 80A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18544 300mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85 18447 100A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18545 1000mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85 18448 125A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18546 300mA 3P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85 18449 10A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18547 1000mA 3P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85 18450 16A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18548 300mA 4P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85 18451 20A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18549 1000mA 4P C120H s Class AC Vigi 85 18452 25A 2P 15kA C120H MCB Type C 83 18556 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 85

211 Index By part number

Part Description Page No. PartDescription Page No.

18557 1000mA 2P C120H si Vigi 85 18665 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 18558 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18666 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 18559 1000mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18667 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 18560 300mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18668 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 18561 1000mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18669 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 96 18563 30mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18670 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 96 18564 300mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18671 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D 96 18565 500mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18672 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 96 18566 30mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18673 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 96 18567 300mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18674 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve D 96 18568 500mA 3P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18705 10A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18569 30mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18706 16A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18570 300mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18707 20A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18571 500mA 4P C120H Class AC Vigi 85 18708 25A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18572 30mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18709 32A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18573 300mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18710 40A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18574 500mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18711 50A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18575 30mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18712 63A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18576 300mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18713 80A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18577 500mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18714 10A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18578 30mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18715 16A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18579 300mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18716 20A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18580 500mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18717 25A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18581 300mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18718 32A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18582 500mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18719 40A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18583 1000mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18720 50A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18584 300mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18721 63A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18585 500mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18722 80A 2P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18586 1000mA 3P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18723 10A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18587 300mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18724 16A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18588 500mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18725 20A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18589 1000mA 4P C120H Class A Vigi 85 18726 25A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18591 30mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18727 32A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18592 300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18728 40A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18593 500mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18729 50A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18594 30mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18730 63A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18595 300mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18731 80A 3P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18596 500mA 3P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18732 10A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18597 30mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18733 16A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18598 300mA 4P C120H si TypeVigi 85 18734 20A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18599 500mA 4P C120H si Type Vigi 85 18735 25A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18610 10A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18736 32A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18611 16A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18737 40A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18612 20A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18738 50A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18613 25A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18739 63A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18614 32A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18740 80A 4P 36kA NG125H curve C 97 18615 40A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18868 4A 2P NG125LMA 98 18616 50A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18869 6.3A 2P NG125LMA 98 18617 63A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18870 10A 2P NG125LMA 98 18618 80A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18871 12.5A 2P NG125LMA 98 18621 10A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18872 16A 2P NG125LMA 98 18622 16A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18873 25A 2P NG125LMA 98 18623 20A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18874 40A 2P NG125LMA 98 18624 25A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18875 63A 2P NG125LMA 98 18625 32A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18876 80A 2P NG125LMA 98 18626 40A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18879 4A 3P NG125LMA 98 18627 50A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18880 6.3A 3P NG125LMA 98 18628 63A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18881 10A 3P NG125LMA 98 18629 80A 2P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18882 12.5A 3P NG125LMA 98 18632 10A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18883 16A 3P NG125LMA 98 18633 16A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18884 25A 3P NG125LMA 98 18634 20A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18885 40A 3P NG125LMA 98 18635 25A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18886 63A 3P NG125LMA 98 18636 32A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18887 80A 3P NG125LMA 98 18637 40A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18889 63A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18638 50A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18890 80A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18639 63A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18891 100A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18640 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18892 125A 3P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18642 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18893 63A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18644 125A 3P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18894 80A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18649 10A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18895 100A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18650 16A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 18896 125A 4P NG125 NA switch dis 94 18651 20A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19000 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 100 18652 25A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19001 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 102 18653 32A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19002 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 100 18654 40A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19003 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 102 18655 50A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19004 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 100 18656 63A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19005 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 102 18658 80A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19008 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 101 18660 100A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19009 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 103 18662 125A 4P 25kA NG125N curve C 96 19012 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 18663 80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 19013 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA 101 18664 100A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B 96 19014 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103

212 Index By part number

Part Description Page No.Part Description Page No.

19015 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA 101 19669 40A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 19016 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 20267 Brackets for through door mounting 118 19030 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 103 21100 0.1 - 0.16A P25M MCB 110 19031 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 103 21101 0.16 - 0.25A P25M MCB 110 19032 63A 2P NG125 Vigi 1000mA TD 103 21102 0.25 - 0.4A P25M MCB 110 19033 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 103 21103 0.4 - 0.63A P25M MCB 110 19034 NG125 Vigi 3P 63A 1000mA TD 103 21104 0.63 - 1A P25M MCB 110 19035 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD 103 21105 1 - 1.6A P25M MCB 110 19036 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 1000mA TD 103 21106 1.6 - 2.5A P25M MCB 110 19037 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21107 1.5 - 4A P25M MCB 110 19039 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21108 4 - 6.3A P25M MCB 110 19041 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 21109 6.3 - 10A P25M MCB 110 19042 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA 103 21110 9 - 14A P25M MCB 110 19044 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300mA 103 21111 13 - 18A P25M MCB 110 19046 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 103 21112 17 - 23A P25M MCB 110 19047 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA 103 21113 20 - 25A P25M MCB 110 19049 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21115 P25M limiter block 110 19053 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21116 P25M MCB contact position, F+F 111 19054 63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21117 P25M MCB contact position, O+F 111 19055 63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21118 P25M position&alarm F+SD.F 111 19056 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21119 P25M position&alarm O+SD.F 111 19058 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 21120 P25M position&alarm F+SD.O 111 19059 NG125 Vigi SDV,NO aux contact 106 21121 P25M position+alarm 0+SD.O 111 19060 NG125 Vigi SDV,NC aux contact 106 21127 P25M 240 MX voltage release 111 19064 NG125 Vigi MXV auxiliary 105 21128 P25M 415 MX inst voltage release 111 19065 NG125 230..415Vac MX+OF aux 105 21129 P25M MN undervoltage release 111 19066 NG125 48..130Vac MX+OF aux 105 21130 P25M MN undervoltage release 111 19067 NG125 24Vac MX+OF auxiliary 106 21133 P25M IP55 enclosure 112 19068 240Vac voltage release (MN) 106 21140 P25M MCB green indicator 112 19069 48Vac voltage release (MN) 106 21141 P25M MCB green neon indicator 112 19070 48Vdc voltage release (MN) 106 21142 P25M MCB red neon indicator 112 19071 OF+OF electrical auxiliary 105 21143 P25M MCB red neon indicator 112 19072 OF+SD electrical auxiliary 105 21144 P25M MCB busbar terminal block 112 19073 OF+OF or OF+SD electrical aux/y 105 21145 2P P25M MCB comb busbar 112 19074 63A 2P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21146 4P P25M MCB comb busbar 112 19075 63A 3P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21147 P25M insulated cable connector 112 19076 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21148 P25M comb busbar end cover 112 19077 63A 3P NG125 RCd terminal shield 109 21180 RCP phase failure relay 49 19078 63A 4P NG125 RCD terminal shield 109 21181 RCI relay 230V 49 19080 1P NG125 terminal shield 109 23111 80A 100mA 2P RMG 10,74 19081 2P NG125 terminal shield 109 23116 100A 300mA 2P RMG 10,74 19082 3P NG125 terminal shield 109 23146 63A 300mA 4P RMG 14,74 19083 4P NG125 terminal shield 109 23213 100A 300mA 4P RCCB (RMG) 14,74 19084 1P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 109 23227 100A 300mA 4P RMG 14,74 19085 2P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 109 23249 25A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 74 19086 3P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 109 23253 40A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 74 19087 4P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10) 109 23258 63A 30mA 2P Class A RCD 74 19088 Rotary handle,standard black 109 23303 40A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 74 19089 Rotary handle,red/yellow front 109 23308 63A 30mA 4P Class A RCD 74 19090 NG125 padlocking accessory 109 24872 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19091 INS40/80 bare cable connector (x4) 20,90,109 24873 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19092 Direct Rotary Handle 109 24875 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19093 NG125 connection screws&nuts 109 24876 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19094 NG125 cable lugs 109 24877 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19095 NG125 terminal for alu cable 109 24878 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19100 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 101 24879 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19101 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type 101 24880 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19106 125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 24881 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19107 125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA 103 24882 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19249 4A 6kA DPN rated curve B 80 24883 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19250 6A 6kA DPN rated curve B 80 24884 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve C 22 19252 10A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25211 1A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19254 16A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25212 2A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19255 20A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25214 4A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19256 25A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25215 6A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19257 32A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25216 10A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19258 40A 6kA DPN curve B 80 25217 16A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19260 1A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25218 20A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19261 2A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25219 25A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19263 4A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25220 32A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19264 6A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25221 40A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19266 10A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25222 50A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19268 16A 6kA DPN curve C 80 25223 63A 4P 10kA C60H curve D 22 19269 20A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26476 MCB 110-415Vac/110-130Vdc MX 26,75,88 19270 25A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26477 MCB 48Vac/dc MX 26,75,88 19271 32A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26478 MCB 12/24Vac/dc MX 26,75,88 19272 40A 6kA DPN curve C 80 26483 2P replacement cover for Vigibloc 30,91 19661 6A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26484 3P replacement cover for Vigibloc 30,91 19663 10A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26485 4P replacement cover for Vigibloc 30,91 19665 16A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26923 RMG auxiliary switch (OFS) 26,75,89 19666 20A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26924 C60H/RMG OF auxiliary contact 26,75,89 19667 25A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26927 C60H SD fault indicatibg switch 26,75,89 19668 32A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C 81 26929 C60H OF+SD/OF selector switch 26,75,88

213 Index By part number

Part Description Page No. PartDescription Page No.

26946 MX+OF shunt trip 26,75,88 32490 1 set of 3P spreader 630A 26947 MCB MX+OF shunt trip 26,75,88 32491 1 set of 4P spreader 630A 26948 MCB 24Vac/dc MX+OF shunt trip 26,75,88 32500 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 26959 MCB 115Vac 400Hz MN 26,75,88 32501 4 lugs for Interpact. 240mm2 26960 Undervoltage release (MN) 26,75,88 32502 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 26961 Undervoltage release (MN) 26,75,88 32503 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 26962 Undervoltage release (MN) 26,75,88 32504 3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 26963 Undervoltage release,time delay 26,75,88 32505 4 lugs for NS630. 240mm2 26969 Emergency stop (MNx) 26,88 32506 3 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 26970 MCB/RCD padlock attachment 28,76,81,90 32507 4 lugs for NS630. 300mm2 26971 MCB emergency stop (MNx) 26,88 32564 Terminal shields 3P, one pair 26975 1P C60H MCB terminal shields 28,90 32565 Terminal shields 4P, one pair 26976 2P C60H MCB terminal shields 28,76,90 32597 Direct rotary handle 26977 MCB 230Vac MNx (C60) 26,88 32631 Fixed toggle padlock device 26978 4P C60H MCB terminal shields 28,76,91 32653 CT module with voltage output 400/5 3P 26979 MCB voltage threshold release 26,89 32654 CT module with voltage output 400/5 4P 26980 MCB voltage threshold release 26,90 32655 Ammeter module 400A 3P 26981 C60H MCB terminal screw shield 28,76,90 32656 Ammeter module 400A 4P 26982 C60H Vigi terminal screw shield 28,76,91 32657 CT module 400A 3P 26991 MCB 400Vac MNx (C60) 37, 98 32658 CT module 400A 4P 27001 C60H MCB interpole barrier 29,91 32855 Ammeter module 600A 3P 27053 MCB screw connection 91 32856 Ammeter module 600A 4P 27060 16 - 50mm2 alu cable terminal 90 32857 CT module 600A 3P 27062 Modular device spacer 30,46,91 32858 CT module 600A 4P 27145 C120 MCB padlock attachment 32861 CT module with voltage output 600/5 3P 27150 C120 MCB label holder 91 32862 CT module with voltage output 600/5 4P 28952 4 cable lugs 95mm2 Cu cable 33466 NS800N 3P Micrologic 2.0 28957 Pair terminal shields Interpact 63A 33469 NS800N 4P Micrologic 2.0 28958 Pair terminal shields Interpact 160A 33487 NS800NA 3P MCCB 29211 Earth fault protection 160A 33489 NS1250NA 3P MCCB 29242 3 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2 33490 NS1600NA 3P MCCB 29243 4 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2 33492 NS800NA 4P MCCB 29252 3 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 33494 NS1250NA 4P MCCB 29253 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Cu cable 33495 NS1600NA 4P MCCB 29254 3 lugs NS250.185mm2 Cu cable 33564 NS1250N 3P Micrologic 5.0 29256 4 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable 33566 NS1250N 4P Micrologic 5.0 29257 4 lugs NS250 150mm2 Cu cable 33568 NS1600N 3P Micrologic 5.0 29258 4 lugs NS250 185mm2 Cu cable 33570 NS1600N 4P Micrologic 5.0 29259 3 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2 44936 MCCB padlocking device 29260 4 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2 57655 CE30 passive infrared detector 60 29320 One pole terminal shield 99217 Earth and neutral bar 19 hole 118 29323 Three pole terminal shield, pair 99219 Earth and neutral bar 24 hole 118 29324 Four pole terminal shield, pair 99221 Earth and neutral bar 37 hole 118 29337 Rotary handle for 63 - 250A 99223 Earth and neutral bar 48 hole 118 29354 Mechanical interlock for 2 MCCB 99225 Earth and neutral bar 72 hole 118 29370 Toggle padlocking attachment 99560 3 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure 77 29371 Toggle padlocking attachment 7795P Prisma Front cover 6 way 115 29387 Shunt trip 240V 7796P Prisma Front cover 8 way 115 29388 Shunt trip 380/415V 7797P Prisma Front cover 12 way 115 29407 Undervoltage release 240V 7798P Prisma Front cover 16 way 115 29408 Undervoltage release 380/415V 7799P Prisma Front cover 24 way 115 29450 Auxiliary switch 99246A 4 way hinged cover 118 29451 SDE auxiliary contact adaptor 99246B 4 way hinged cover 118 29455 Direct metering 100A 3P 29456 Direct metering 100A 4P 29457 CT module 100A 3P 29458 CT module 100A 4P 29461 CT module with voltage output 100/5 3P 29462 CT module with voltage output 100/5 4P 29504 3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable 29505 4 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable 29506 3 lugs NS250. 185mm2 Al cable 29507 4 lugs NS250. 185mm2 Al cable 30555 Direct metering 160A 3P 30556 Direct metering 160A 4P 30557 CT module 160A 3P 30558 CT module 160A 4P 30561 CT module with voltage output 150/5 3P 30562 CT module with voltage output 150/5 4P 31536 MCCB Vigi module 250A 4P 31563 1 set of 3P spreader 250A 31564 1 set of 4P spreader 250A 31565 Ammeter module 250A 3P 31566 Ammeter module 250A 4P 31567 CT module 250A 3P 31568 CT module 250A 4P 31569 CT module with voltage output 250/5 3P 31570 CT module with voltage output 250/5 4P 32456 MCCB Vigi module 400A 4P 32479 3 clamps for 35 - 300mm2 32480 4 clamps for 35 - 300mm2 32481 3 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2 32482 4 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2

214

Nationwide support on one number - call the Customer Information Centre on 0870 608 8 608 Fax 0870 608 8 606 Schneider Electric’s local support

Schneider Electric is committed to supporting its customers at every stage of a project. Our 180 sales engineers, the largest dedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry, operate from 4 customer support centres. Our sales engineers are skilled at assessing individual requirements and combined with the expert support of our product specialists, will develop the most effective and economical answer taking relevant regulations and standards fully into account. To access the expertise of the Schneider Electric group, please call 0870 608 8 608. Each customer support centre includes facilities for demonstrations and training, and presentation rooms fully equipped with audio visual and video, providing excellent meeting facilities.

Merlin Gerin is a world leader in the manufacture and supply of high, medium and low voltage products for the distribution, protection, control and management of electrical systems and is focused on the needs of both the commercial and industrial sectors. The newly launched VDI Network Solutions offer provides flexible, configurable ethernet systems for all communication needs.

Square D is a total quality organisation and its business is to put electricity to work productively and effectively, protecting people, buildings and equipment. Its low voltage electrical distribution equipment, systems and services are used extensively in residential and commercial applications.

Telemecanique is a UK market leader and world expert in automation and control. It provides complete solutions, with it's range of components, Modicon range of high technology programmable controllers (PLCs), multiple fieldbus and ethernet communication networks, HMI, motion control systems, variable speed drives and communications software. In addition, it offers power distribution through prefabricated busbar trunking.

Local customer support centres Scotland South West North West Schneider Electric Ltd Schneider Electric Ltd Schneider Electric Ltd Unit 11000 PO Box 41 Market House Academy Business Park Langley Road Church Street Gower Street Chippenham Wilmslow Glasgow G51 1PR Wiltshire SN15 1JJ Cheshire SK9 1AY

Product showrooms Industrial systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, University of Warwick Science Park, Sir William Lyons Road, Coventry CV4 7EZ

Building systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL

Energy and Infrastructure systems and solutions showroom Schneider Electric Ltd, 123 Jack Lane, Hunslet, Leeds LS10 1BS

member of

.co.uk Enclosed switch disconnectors www.schneider.co.uk MGLV5750 AUG 2005